| 1 | /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 3 | Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
| 10 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 16 | |
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 18 | along with this program; if not, write to the |
| 19 | Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, |
| 20 | Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ |
| 21 | |
| 22 | |
| 23 | /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The |
| 24 | information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes |
| 25 | suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that |
| 26 | information may also not match. */ |
| 27 | |
| 28 | #include "sysdep.h" |
| 29 | #include <stdarg.h> |
| 30 | #include "bfd.h" |
| 31 | #include "bfdlink.h" |
| 32 | #include "libbfd.h" |
| 33 | #include "elf-bfd.h" |
| 34 | #include "elf/ppc.h" |
| 35 | #include "elf32-ppc.h" |
| 36 | #include "elf-vxworks.h" |
| 37 | #include "dwarf2.h" |
| 38 | #include "opcode/ppc.h" |
| 39 | |
| 40 | /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */ |
| 41 | #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1 |
| 42 | |
| 43 | typedef enum split16_format_type |
| 44 | { |
| 45 | split16a_type = 0, |
| 46 | split16d_type |
| 47 | } |
| 48 | split16_format_type; |
| 49 | |
| 50 | /* RELA relocations are used here. */ |
| 51 | |
| 52 | static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc |
| 53 | (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
| 54 | static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc |
| 55 | (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
| 56 | |
| 57 | /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */ |
| 58 | #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000 |
| 59 | /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */ |
| 60 | #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000 |
| 61 | /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */ |
| 62 | #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16 |
| 63 | |
| 64 | /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp |
| 65 | section. */ |
| 66 | #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1" |
| 67 | |
| 68 | /* For old-style PLT. */ |
| 69 | /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */ |
| 70 | #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192 |
| 71 | |
| 72 | /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */ |
| 73 | #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4 |
| 74 | #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \ |
| 75 | ((4*4 \ |
| 76 | + (h != NULL \ |
| 77 | && h == htab->tls_get_addr \ |
| 78 | && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \ |
| 79 | + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \ |
| 80 | & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align)) |
| 81 | |
| 82 | /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */ |
| 83 | |
| 84 | /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */ |
| 85 | #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32 |
| 86 | static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry |
| 87 | [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = |
| 88 | { |
| 89 | 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */ |
| 90 | 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */ |
| 91 | 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ |
| 92 | 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ |
| 93 | 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */ |
| 94 | 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */ |
| 95 | 0x60000000, /* nop */ |
| 96 | 0x60000000, /* nop */ |
| 97 | }; |
| 98 | static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry |
| 99 | [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = |
| 100 | { |
| 101 | 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */ |
| 102 | 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */ |
| 103 | 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ |
| 104 | 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ |
| 105 | 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */ |
| 106 | 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */ |
| 107 | 0x60000000, /* nop */ |
| 108 | 0x60000000, /* nop */ |
| 109 | }; |
| 110 | |
| 111 | /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */ |
| 112 | #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32 |
| 113 | static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry |
| 114 | [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = |
| 115 | { |
| 116 | 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */ |
| 117 | 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */ |
| 118 | 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */ |
| 119 | 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */ |
| 120 | 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */ |
| 121 | 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ |
| 122 | 0x60000000, /* nop */ |
| 123 | 0x60000000, /* nop */ |
| 124 | }; |
| 125 | static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry |
| 126 | [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = |
| 127 | { |
| 128 | 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */ |
| 129 | 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ |
| 130 | 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */ |
| 131 | 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ |
| 132 | 0x60000000, /* nop */ |
| 133 | 0x60000000, /* nop */ |
| 134 | 0x60000000, /* nop */ |
| 135 | 0x60000000, /* nop */ |
| 136 | }; |
| 137 | |
| 138 | /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in |
| 139 | .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */ |
| 140 | |
| 141 | /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */ |
| 142 | #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3 |
| 143 | /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */ |
| 144 | #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2 |
| 145 | /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating |
| 146 | a shared library. */ |
| 147 | #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0 |
| 148 | |
| 149 | /* Some instructions. */ |
| 150 | #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000 |
| 151 | #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000 |
| 152 | #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000 |
| 153 | #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000 |
| 154 | #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14 |
| 155 | #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214 |
| 156 | #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14 |
| 157 | #define B 0x48000000 |
| 158 | #define BA 0x48000002 |
| 159 | #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 |
| 160 | #define BCTR 0x4e800420 |
| 161 | #define BEQLR 0x4d820020 |
| 162 | #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000 |
| 163 | #define LIS_11 0x3d600000 |
| 164 | #define LIS_12 0x3d800000 |
| 165 | #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000 |
| 166 | #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000 |
| 167 | #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000 |
| 168 | #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000 |
| 169 | #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000 |
| 170 | #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000 |
| 171 | #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000 |
| 172 | #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78 |
| 173 | #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378 |
| 174 | #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6 |
| 175 | #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6 |
| 176 | #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6 |
| 177 | #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6 |
| 178 | #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6 |
| 179 | #define NOP 0x60000000 |
| 180 | #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850 |
| 181 | |
| 182 | /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */ |
| 183 | #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000 |
| 184 | #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000 |
| 185 | |
| 186 | /* The value of a defined global symbol. */ |
| 187 | #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \ |
| 188 | ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \ |
| 189 | + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \ |
| 190 | + (SYM)->root.u.def.value) |
| 191 | \f |
| 192 | /* Relocation HOWTO's. */ |
| 193 | /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple |
| 194 | field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is |
| 195 | always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative. |
| 196 | PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at |
| 197 | the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24 |
| 198 | and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here, |
| 199 | rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */ |
| 200 | #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \ |
| 201 | complain, special_func) \ |
| 202 | HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \ |
| 203 | complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \ |
| 204 | #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative) |
| 205 | |
| 206 | static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max]; |
| 207 | |
| 208 | static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = { |
| 209 | /* This reloc does nothing. */ |
| 210 | HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 211 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 212 | |
| 213 | /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */ |
| 214 | HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 215 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 216 | |
| 217 | /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. |
| 218 | FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ |
| 219 | HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 220 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 221 | |
| 222 | /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */ |
| 223 | HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield, |
| 224 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 225 | |
| 226 | /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */ |
| 227 | HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 228 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 229 | |
| 230 | /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */ |
| 231 | HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 232 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 233 | |
| 234 | /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of |
| 235 | the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ |
| 236 | HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 237 | ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), |
| 238 | |
| 239 | /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. |
| 240 | FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ |
| 241 | HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 242 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 243 | |
| 244 | /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to |
| 245 | indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two |
| 246 | bits must be zero. */ |
| 247 | HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 248 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 249 | |
| 250 | /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to |
| 251 | indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower |
| 252 | two bits must be zero. */ |
| 253 | HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 254 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 255 | |
| 256 | /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ |
| 257 | HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| 258 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 259 | |
| 260 | /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ |
| 261 | HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| 262 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 263 | |
| 264 | /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that |
| 265 | the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be |
| 266 | zero. */ |
| 267 | HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| 268 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 269 | |
| 270 | /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that |
| 271 | the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must |
| 272 | be zero. */ |
| 273 | HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| 274 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 275 | |
| 276 | /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the |
| 277 | symbol. */ |
| 278 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 279 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 280 | |
| 281 | /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for |
| 282 | the symbol. */ |
| 283 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 284 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 285 | |
| 286 | /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for |
| 287 | the symbol. */ |
| 288 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 289 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 290 | |
| 291 | /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for |
| 292 | the symbol. */ |
| 293 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 294 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 295 | |
| 296 | /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table |
| 297 | entry for the symbol. */ |
| 298 | HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| 299 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 300 | |
| 301 | /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist |
| 302 | both in the object being run and in some shared library. The |
| 303 | dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the |
| 304 | shared library into the object, because the object being |
| 305 | run has to have the data at some particular address. */ |
| 306 | HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 307 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 308 | |
| 309 | /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table |
| 310 | entries. */ |
| 311 | HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 312 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 313 | |
| 314 | /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */ |
| 315 | HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 316 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 317 | |
| 318 | /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this |
| 319 | longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the |
| 320 | addend. */ |
| 321 | HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 322 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 323 | |
| 324 | /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the |
| 325 | object rather than the final value. Normally used for |
| 326 | _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ |
| 327 | HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| 328 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 329 | |
| 330 | /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */ |
| 331 | HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 332 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 333 | |
| 334 | /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */ |
| 335 | HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield, |
| 336 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 337 | |
| 338 | /* 32-bit PC relative */ |
| 339 | HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE, dont, |
| 340 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 341 | |
| 342 | /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. |
| 343 | FIXME: not supported. */ |
| 344 | HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 345 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 346 | |
| 347 | /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. |
| 348 | FIXME: not supported. */ |
| 349 | HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE, dont, |
| 350 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 351 | |
| 352 | /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for |
| 353 | the symbol. */ |
| 354 | HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 355 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 356 | |
| 357 | /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for |
| 358 | the symbol. */ |
| 359 | HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 360 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 361 | |
| 362 | /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for |
| 363 | the symbol. */ |
| 364 | HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 365 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 366 | |
| 367 | /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with |
| 368 | small data items. */ |
| 369 | HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 370 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 371 | |
| 372 | /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */ |
| 373 | HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 374 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 375 | |
| 376 | /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */ |
| 377 | HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 378 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 379 | |
| 380 | /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */ |
| 381 | HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 382 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 383 | |
| 384 | /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */ |
| 385 | HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 386 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 387 | |
| 388 | /* Marker relocs for TLS. */ |
| 389 | HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 390 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 391 | |
| 392 | HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 393 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 394 | |
| 395 | HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 396 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 397 | |
| 398 | /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */ |
| 399 | HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 400 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 401 | |
| 402 | HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 403 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 404 | |
| 405 | /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the |
| 406 | definition of its TLS sym. */ |
| 407 | HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 408 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 409 | |
| 410 | /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value |
| 411 | of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that |
| 412 | contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */ |
| 413 | HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 414 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 415 | |
| 416 | /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */ |
| 417 | HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 418 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 419 | |
| 420 | /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */ |
| 421 | HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 422 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 423 | |
| 424 | /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| 425 | HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 426 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 427 | |
| 428 | /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| 429 | HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 430 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 431 | |
| 432 | /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of |
| 433 | sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */ |
| 434 | HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 435 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 436 | |
| 437 | /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */ |
| 438 | HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 439 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 440 | |
| 441 | /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */ |
| 442 | HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 443 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 444 | |
| 445 | /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| 446 | HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 447 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 448 | |
| 449 | /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| 450 | HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 451 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 452 | |
| 453 | /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, |
| 454 | with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset |
| 455 | to the first entry. */ |
| 456 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 457 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 458 | |
| 459 | /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */ |
| 460 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 461 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 462 | |
| 463 | /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| 464 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 465 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 466 | |
| 467 | /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| 468 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 469 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 470 | |
| 471 | /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, |
| 472 | with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the |
| 473 | first entry. */ |
| 474 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 475 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 476 | |
| 477 | /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */ |
| 478 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 479 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 480 | |
| 481 | /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| 482 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 483 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 484 | |
| 485 | /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| 486 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 487 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 488 | |
| 489 | /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes |
| 490 | the offset to the entry. */ |
| 491 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 492 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 493 | |
| 494 | /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */ |
| 495 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 496 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 497 | |
| 498 | /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| 499 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 500 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 501 | |
| 502 | /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| 503 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 504 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 505 | |
| 506 | /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the |
| 507 | offset to the entry. */ |
| 508 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 509 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 510 | |
| 511 | /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */ |
| 512 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 513 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 514 | |
| 515 | /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| 516 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 517 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 518 | |
| 519 | /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| 520 | HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 521 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 522 | |
| 523 | /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not |
| 524 | in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */ |
| 525 | |
| 526 | /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ |
| 527 | HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 528 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 529 | |
| 530 | /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ |
| 531 | HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 532 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 533 | |
| 534 | /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ |
| 535 | HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 536 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 537 | |
| 538 | /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */ |
| 539 | HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 540 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 541 | |
| 542 | /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address, |
| 543 | plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, |
| 544 | is negative. */ |
| 545 | HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 546 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 547 | |
| 548 | /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an |
| 549 | address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from |
| 550 | _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */ |
| 551 | HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 552 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 553 | |
| 554 | /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an |
| 555 | address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from |
| 556 | _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */ |
| 557 | HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 558 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 559 | |
| 560 | /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with |
| 561 | small data items. */ |
| 562 | HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 563 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 564 | |
| 565 | /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit |
| 566 | signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register |
| 567 | field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */ |
| 568 | HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 569 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 570 | |
| 571 | /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */ |
| 572 | /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */ |
| 573 | /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */ |
| 574 | /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */ |
| 575 | /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */ |
| 576 | /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */ |
| 577 | |
| 578 | /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling |
| 579 | in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the |
| 580 | register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */ |
| 581 | HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 582 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 583 | |
| 584 | /* A relative 8 bit branch. */ |
| 585 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE, signed, |
| 586 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 587 | |
| 588 | /* A relative 15 bit branch. */ |
| 589 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| 590 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 591 | |
| 592 | /* A relative 24 bit branch. */ |
| 593 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| 594 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 595 | |
| 596 | /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */ |
| 597 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 598 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 599 | |
| 600 | /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */ |
| 601 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 602 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 603 | |
| 604 | /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */ |
| 605 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 606 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 607 | |
| 608 | /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */ |
| 609 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 610 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 611 | |
| 612 | /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */ |
| 613 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 614 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 615 | |
| 616 | /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */ |
| 617 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 618 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 619 | |
| 620 | /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i |
| 621 | instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes |
| 622 | the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */ |
| 623 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 624 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 625 | |
| 626 | /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */ |
| 627 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 628 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 629 | |
| 630 | /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */ |
| 631 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 632 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 633 | |
| 634 | /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */ |
| 635 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 636 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 637 | |
| 638 | /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */ |
| 639 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 640 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 641 | |
| 642 | /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */ |
| 643 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 644 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 645 | |
| 646 | /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */ |
| 647 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 648 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 649 | |
| 650 | /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */ |
| 651 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| 652 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 653 | |
| 654 | /* e_li split20 format. */ |
| 655 | HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 656 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 657 | |
| 658 | HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 659 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 660 | |
| 661 | /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */ |
| 662 | HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| 663 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 664 | |
| 665 | /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */ |
| 666 | HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, dont, |
| 667 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 668 | |
| 669 | /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */ |
| 670 | HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont, |
| 671 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| 672 | |
| 673 | /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of |
| 674 | the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ |
| 675 | HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont, |
| 676 | ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), |
| 677 | |
| 678 | /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */ |
| 679 | HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE, signed, |
| 680 | ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), |
| 681 | |
| 682 | /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */ |
| 683 | HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| 684 | ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), |
| 685 | |
| 686 | /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */ |
| 687 | HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 688 | NULL), |
| 689 | |
| 690 | /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */ |
| 691 | HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| 692 | NULL), |
| 693 | |
| 694 | /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */ |
| 695 | HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| 696 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| 697 | }; |
| 698 | \f |
| 699 | /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */ |
| 700 | |
| 701 | static void |
| 702 | ppc_elf_howto_init (void) |
| 703 | { |
| 704 | unsigned int i, type; |
| 705 | |
| 706 | for (i = 0; |
| 707 | i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]); |
| 708 | i++) |
| 709 | { |
| 710 | type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type; |
| 711 | if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table) |
| 712 | / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0]))) |
| 713 | abort (); |
| 714 | ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i]; |
| 715 | } |
| 716 | } |
| 717 | |
| 718 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 719 | ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 720 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) |
| 721 | { |
| 722 | enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r; |
| 723 | |
| 724 | /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ |
| 725 | if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) |
| 726 | ppc_elf_howto_init (); |
| 727 | |
| 728 | switch (code) |
| 729 | { |
| 730 | default: |
| 731 | return NULL; |
| 732 | |
| 733 | case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break; |
| 734 | case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break; |
| 735 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break; |
| 736 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS: |
| 737 | case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break; |
| 738 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS: |
| 739 | case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break; |
| 740 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break; |
| 741 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break; |
| 742 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break; |
| 743 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break; |
| 744 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break; |
| 745 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break; |
| 746 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break; |
| 747 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break; |
| 748 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break; |
| 749 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS: |
| 750 | case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break; |
| 751 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: |
| 752 | case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break; |
| 753 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break; |
| 754 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break; |
| 755 | case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break; |
| 756 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break; |
| 757 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break; |
| 758 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break; |
| 759 | case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break; |
| 760 | case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break; |
| 761 | case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break; |
| 762 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: |
| 763 | case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break; |
| 764 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break; |
| 765 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break; |
| 766 | case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break; |
| 767 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS: |
| 768 | case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break; |
| 769 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS: |
| 770 | case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break; |
| 771 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break; |
| 772 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break; |
| 773 | case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break; |
| 774 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS: |
| 775 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break; |
| 776 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break; |
| 777 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break; |
| 778 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break; |
| 779 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break; |
| 780 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: |
| 781 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break; |
| 782 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| 783 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break; |
| 784 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break; |
| 785 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break; |
| 786 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break; |
| 787 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS: |
| 788 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break; |
| 789 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS: |
| 790 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break; |
| 791 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break; |
| 792 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break; |
| 793 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break; |
| 794 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break; |
| 795 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break; |
| 796 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break; |
| 797 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break; |
| 798 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break; |
| 799 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break; |
| 800 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break; |
| 801 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break; |
| 802 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break; |
| 803 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break; |
| 804 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break; |
| 805 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break; |
| 806 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break; |
| 807 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break; |
| 808 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break; |
| 809 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break; |
| 810 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break; |
| 811 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break; |
| 812 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break; |
| 813 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break; |
| 814 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break; |
| 815 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break; |
| 816 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break; |
| 817 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break; |
| 818 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break; |
| 819 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break; |
| 820 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break; |
| 821 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break; |
| 822 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break; |
| 823 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break; |
| 824 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break; |
| 825 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break; |
| 826 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break; |
| 827 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break; |
| 828 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break; |
| 829 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break; |
| 830 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break; |
| 831 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break; |
| 832 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break; |
| 833 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break; |
| 834 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break; |
| 835 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break; |
| 836 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break; |
| 837 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: |
| 838 | r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A; |
| 839 | break; |
| 840 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: |
| 841 | r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D; |
| 842 | break; |
| 843 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: |
| 844 | r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A; |
| 845 | break; |
| 846 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: |
| 847 | r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D; |
| 848 | break; |
| 849 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: |
| 850 | r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A; |
| 851 | break; |
| 852 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: |
| 853 | r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D; |
| 854 | break; |
| 855 | case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break; |
| 856 | case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break; |
| 857 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break; |
| 858 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break; |
| 859 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break; |
| 860 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break; |
| 861 | case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break; |
| 862 | case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break; |
| 863 | } |
| 864 | |
| 865 | return ppc_elf_howto_table[r]; |
| 866 | }; |
| 867 | |
| 868 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 869 | ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 870 | const char *r_name) |
| 871 | { |
| 872 | unsigned int i; |
| 873 | |
| 874 | for (i = 0; |
| 875 | i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]); |
| 876 | i++) |
| 877 | if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL |
| 878 | && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0) |
| 879 | return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i]; |
| 880 | |
| 881 | return NULL; |
| 882 | } |
| 883 | |
| 884 | /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */ |
| 885 | |
| 886 | static bfd_boolean |
| 887 | ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, |
| 888 | arelent *cache_ptr, |
| 889 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) |
| 890 | { |
| 891 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 892 | |
| 893 | /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ |
| 894 | if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) |
| 895 | ppc_elf_howto_init (); |
| 896 | |
| 897 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); |
| 898 | if (r_type >= R_PPC_max) |
| 899 | { |
| 900 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 901 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), |
| 902 | abfd, r_type); |
| 903 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 904 | return FALSE; |
| 905 | } |
| 906 | |
| 907 | cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; |
| 908 | |
| 909 | /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that |
| 910 | ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */ |
| 911 | if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL) |
| 912 | { |
| 913 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 914 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), |
| 915 | abfd, r_type); |
| 916 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 917 | |
| 918 | return FALSE; |
| 919 | } |
| 920 | |
| 921 | return TRUE; |
| 922 | } |
| 923 | |
| 924 | /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */ |
| 925 | |
| 926 | static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| 927 | ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
| 928 | arelent *reloc_entry, |
| 929 | asymbol *symbol, |
| 930 | void *data, |
| 931 | asection *input_section, |
| 932 | bfd *output_bfd, |
| 933 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 934 | { |
| 935 | enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; |
| 936 | long insn; |
| 937 | bfd_size_type octets; |
| 938 | bfd_vma value; |
| 939 | |
| 940 | if (output_bfd != NULL) |
| 941 | { |
| 942 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; |
| 943 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 944 | } |
| 945 | |
| 946 | reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000; |
| 947 | r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type; |
| 948 | if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA) |
| 949 | return bfd_reloc_continue; |
| 950 | |
| 951 | value = 0; |
| 952 | if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) |
| 953 | value = symbol->value; |
| 954 | value += (reloc_entry->addend |
| 955 | + symbol->section->output_offset |
| 956 | + symbol->section->output_section->vma); |
| 957 | value -= (reloc_entry->address |
| 958 | + input_section->output_offset |
| 959 | + input_section->output_section->vma); |
| 960 | value >>= 16; |
| 961 | |
| 962 | octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section); |
| 963 | insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); |
| 964 | insn &= ~0x1fffc1; |
| 965 | insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15); |
| 966 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); |
| 967 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 968 | } |
| 969 | |
| 970 | static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| 971 | ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
| 972 | arelent *reloc_entry, |
| 973 | asymbol *symbol, |
| 974 | void *data, |
| 975 | asection *input_section, |
| 976 | bfd *output_bfd, |
| 977 | char **error_message) |
| 978 | { |
| 979 | /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just |
| 980 | call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final |
| 981 | link time. */ |
| 982 | if (output_bfd != NULL) |
| 983 | return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, |
| 984 | input_section, output_bfd, error_message); |
| 985 | |
| 986 | if (error_message != NULL) |
| 987 | { |
| 988 | static char buf[60]; |
| 989 | sprintf (buf, _("generic linker can't handle %s"), |
| 990 | reloc_entry->howto->name); |
| 991 | *error_message = buf; |
| 992 | } |
| 993 | return bfd_reloc_dangerous; |
| 994 | } |
| 995 | \f |
| 996 | /* Sections created by the linker. */ |
| 997 | |
| 998 | typedef struct elf_linker_section |
| 999 | { |
| 1000 | /* Pointer to the bfd section. */ |
| 1001 | asection *section; |
| 1002 | /* Section name. */ |
| 1003 | const char *name; |
| 1004 | /* Associated bss section name. */ |
| 1005 | const char *bss_name; |
| 1006 | /* Associated symbol name. */ |
| 1007 | const char *sym_name; |
| 1008 | /* Associated symbol. */ |
| 1009 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym; |
| 1010 | } elf_linker_section_t; |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 | /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the |
| 1013 | symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers, |
| 1014 | based on different addend's. */ |
| 1015 | |
| 1016 | typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers |
| 1017 | { |
| 1018 | /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */ |
| 1019 | struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next; |
| 1020 | /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */ |
| 1021 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 1022 | /* addend used */ |
| 1023 | bfd_vma addend; |
| 1024 | /* which linker section this is */ |
| 1025 | elf_linker_section_t *lsect; |
| 1026 | } elf_linker_section_pointers_t; |
| 1027 | |
| 1028 | struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata |
| 1029 | { |
| 1030 | struct elf_obj_tdata elf; |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker |
| 1033 | sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */ |
| 1034 | elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers; |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 | /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */ |
| 1037 | unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1; |
| 1038 | unsigned int has_rel16 : 1; |
| 1039 | }; |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 | #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \ |
| 1042 | ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any) |
| 1043 | |
| 1044 | #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \ |
| 1045 | (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers) |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 | #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \ |
| 1048 | (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ |
| 1049 | && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) |
| 1050 | |
| 1051 | /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */ |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1054 | ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) |
| 1055 | { |
| 1056 | return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata), |
| 1057 | PPC32_ELF_DATA); |
| 1058 | } |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */ |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 | bfd_boolean |
| 1063 | _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd) |
| 1064 | { |
| 1065 | unsigned long mach = 0; |
| 1066 | asection *s; |
| 1067 | unsigned char *contents; |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 | if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32 |
| 1070 | && bfd_big_endian (abfd)) |
| 1071 | { |
| 1072 | |
| 1073 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 1074 | if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) |
| 1075 | break; |
| 1076 | if (s != NULL) |
| 1077 | mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle; |
| 1078 | } |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 | if (mach == 0) |
| 1081 | { |
| 1082 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); |
| 1083 | if (s != NULL |
| 1084 | && s->size >= 24 |
| 1085 | && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents)) |
| 1086 | { |
| 1087 | unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4); |
| 1088 | unsigned int i; |
| 1089 | |
| 1090 | for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4) |
| 1091 | { |
| 1092 | unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i); |
| 1093 | switch (val >> 16) |
| 1094 | { |
| 1095 | case PPC_APUINFO_PMR: |
| 1096 | case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI: |
| 1097 | if (mach == 0) |
| 1098 | mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan; |
| 1099 | break; |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL: |
| 1102 | case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK: |
| 1103 | if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan) |
| 1104 | mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc; |
| 1105 | break; |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 | case PPC_APUINFO_SPE: |
| 1108 | case PPC_APUINFO_EFS: |
| 1109 | case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK: |
| 1110 | if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle) |
| 1111 | mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500; |
| 1112 | break; |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | case PPC_APUINFO_VLE: |
| 1115 | mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle; |
| 1116 | break; |
| 1117 | |
| 1118 | default: |
| 1119 | mach = -1ul; |
| 1120 | } |
| 1121 | } |
| 1122 | free (contents); |
| 1123 | } |
| 1124 | } |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul) |
| 1127 | { |
| 1128 | const bfd_arch_info_type *arch; |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 | for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next) |
| 1131 | if (arch->mach == mach) |
| 1132 | { |
| 1133 | abfd->arch_info = arch; |
| 1134 | break; |
| 1135 | } |
| 1136 | } |
| 1137 | return TRUE; |
| 1138 | } |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the |
| 1141 | default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */ |
| 1142 | |
| 1143 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1144 | ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
| 1145 | { |
| 1146 | if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default) |
| 1147 | return TRUE; |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64) |
| 1150 | { |
| 1151 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 | if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32) |
| 1154 | { |
| 1155 | /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */ |
| 1156 | abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next; |
| 1157 | BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32); |
| 1158 | } |
| 1159 | } |
| 1160 | return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd); |
| 1161 | } |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 | /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */ |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1166 | ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags) |
| 1167 | { |
| 1168 | BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd) |
| 1169 | || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags); |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags; |
| 1172 | elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE; |
| 1173 | return TRUE; |
| 1174 | } |
| 1175 | |
| 1176 | /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */ |
| 1177 | |
| 1178 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1179 | ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 1180 | { |
| 1181 | int offset; |
| 1182 | unsigned int size; |
| 1183 | |
| 1184 | switch (note->descsz) |
| 1185 | { |
| 1186 | default: |
| 1187 | return FALSE; |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 | case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */ |
| 1190 | /* pr_cursig */ |
| 1191 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
| 1192 | |
| 1193 | /* pr_pid */ |
| 1194 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); |
| 1195 | |
| 1196 | /* pr_reg */ |
| 1197 | offset = 72; |
| 1198 | size = 192; |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 | break; |
| 1201 | } |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| 1204 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
| 1205 | size, note->descpos + offset); |
| 1206 | } |
| 1207 | |
| 1208 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1209 | ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 1210 | { |
| 1211 | switch (note->descsz) |
| 1212 | { |
| 1213 | default: |
| 1214 | return FALSE; |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */ |
| 1217 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid |
| 1218 | = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16); |
| 1219 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program |
| 1220 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16); |
| 1221 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
| 1222 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80); |
| 1223 | } |
| 1224 | |
| 1225 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked |
| 1226 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) |
| 1227 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | { |
| 1230 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; |
| 1231 | int n = strlen (command); |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') |
| 1234 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; |
| 1235 | } |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 | return TRUE; |
| 1238 | } |
| 1239 | |
| 1240 | static char * |
| 1241 | ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...) |
| 1242 | { |
| 1243 | switch (note_type) |
| 1244 | { |
| 1245 | default: |
| 1246 | return NULL; |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 | case NT_PRPSINFO: |
| 1249 | { |
| 1250 | char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING; |
| 1251 | va_list ap; |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 | va_start (ap, note_type); |
| 1254 | memset (data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
| 1255 | strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16); |
| 1256 | #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 |
| 1257 | DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH; |
| 1258 | /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with |
| 1259 | -Wstringop-truncation: |
| 1260 | https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643 |
| 1261 | */ |
| 1262 | DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION; |
| 1263 | #endif |
| 1264 | strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80); |
| 1265 | #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 |
| 1266 | DIAGNOSTIC_POP; |
| 1267 | #endif |
| 1268 | va_end (ap); |
| 1269 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 1270 | "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); |
| 1271 | } |
| 1272 | |
| 1273 | case NT_PRSTATUS: |
| 1274 | { |
| 1275 | char data[268]; |
| 1276 | va_list ap; |
| 1277 | long pid; |
| 1278 | int cursig; |
| 1279 | const void *greg; |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 | va_start (ap, note_type); |
| 1282 | memset (data, 0, 72); |
| 1283 | pid = va_arg (ap, long); |
| 1284 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24); |
| 1285 | cursig = va_arg (ap, int); |
| 1286 | bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12); |
| 1287 | greg = va_arg (ap, const void *); |
| 1288 | memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192); |
| 1289 | memset (data + 264, 0, 4); |
| 1290 | va_end (ap); |
| 1291 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 1292 | "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); |
| 1293 | } |
| 1294 | } |
| 1295 | } |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 | static flagword |
| 1298 | ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name) |
| 1299 | { |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 | if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE")) |
| 1302 | return SHF_PPC_VLE; |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 | return 0; |
| 1305 | } |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 | /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL |
| 1308 | or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */ |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 | static bfd_vma |
| 1311 | ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 1312 | const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 1313 | const arelent *rel) |
| 1314 | { |
| 1315 | return rel->address; |
| 1316 | } |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This |
| 1319 | is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown |
| 1320 | type. */ |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1323 | ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, |
| 1324 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, |
| 1325 | const char *name, |
| 1326 | int shindex) |
| 1327 | { |
| 1328 | asection *newsect; |
| 1329 | flagword flags; |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
| 1332 | return FALSE; |
| 1333 | |
| 1334 | newsect = hdr->bfd_section; |
| 1335 | flags = bfd_section_flags (newsect); |
| 1336 | if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) |
| 1337 | flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 1338 | |
| 1339 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED) |
| 1340 | flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES; |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 | bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, flags); |
| 1343 | return TRUE; |
| 1344 | } |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 | /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */ |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1349 | ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 1350 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr, |
| 1351 | asection *asect) |
| 1352 | { |
| 1353 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0) |
| 1354 | shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED; |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 | return TRUE; |
| 1357 | } |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we |
| 1360 | need to bump up the number of section headers. */ |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 | static int |
| 1363 | ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd, |
| 1364 | struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 1365 | { |
| 1366 | asection *s; |
| 1367 | int ret = 0; |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2"); |
| 1370 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 1371 | ++ret; |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0"); |
| 1374 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 1375 | ++ret; |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | return ret; |
| 1378 | } |
| 1379 | |
| 1380 | /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */ |
| 1381 | |
| 1382 | bfd_boolean |
| 1383 | ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, |
| 1384 | struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 1385 | { |
| 1386 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by |
| 1389 | LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure |
| 1390 | there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment. |
| 1391 | If we find that case, we split the segment. |
| 1392 | We maintain the original output section order. */ |
| 1393 | |
| 1394 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| 1395 | { |
| 1396 | struct elf_segment_map *n; |
| 1397 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 1398 | unsigned int j, k; |
| 1399 | unsigned int p_flags; |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 | if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0) |
| 1402 | continue; |
| 1403 | |
| 1404 | for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j) |
| 1405 | { |
| 1406 | if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 1407 | p_flags |= PF_W; |
| 1408 | if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| 1409 | { |
| 1410 | p_flags |= PF_X; |
| 1411 | if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) |
| 1412 | p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE; |
| 1413 | break; |
| 1414 | } |
| 1415 | } |
| 1416 | if (j != m->count) |
| 1417 | while (++j != m->count) |
| 1418 | { |
| 1419 | unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R; |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 | if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 1422 | p_flags1 |= PF_W; |
| 1423 | if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| 1424 | { |
| 1425 | p_flags1 |= PF_X; |
| 1426 | if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) |
| 1427 | p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE; |
| 1428 | if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0) |
| 1429 | break; |
| 1430 | } |
| 1431 | p_flags |= p_flags1; |
| 1432 | } |
| 1433 | /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw |
| 1434 | sections then those sections might now only be in one of the |
| 1435 | two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we |
| 1436 | are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */ |
| 1437 | if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid) |
| 1438 | { |
| 1439 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 1440 | m->p_flags = p_flags; |
| 1441 | } |
| 1442 | if (j == m->count) |
| 1443 | continue; |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment, |
| 1446 | the remainder are put in a new segment. |
| 1447 | The scan resumes with the new segment. */ |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 1450 | amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 1451 | n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 1452 | if (n == NULL) |
| 1453 | return FALSE; |
| 1454 | |
| 1455 | n->p_type = PT_LOAD; |
| 1456 | n->count = m->count - j; |
| 1457 | for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k) |
| 1458 | n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k]; |
| 1459 | m->count = j; |
| 1460 | m->p_size_valid = 0; |
| 1461 | n->next = m->next; |
| 1462 | m->next = n; |
| 1463 | } |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 | return TRUE; |
| 1466 | } |
| 1467 | |
| 1468 | /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and |
| 1469 | .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so |
| 1470 | that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than |
| 1471 | 2 sections. */ |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] = |
| 1474 | { |
| 1475 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
| 1476 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 1477 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 1478 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 1479 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 1480 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 1481 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, |
| 1482 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 1483 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 1484 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 1485 | }; |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 | /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */ |
| 1488 | static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt = |
| 1489 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }; |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
| 1492 | ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) |
| 1493 | { |
| 1494 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 | /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ |
| 1497 | if (sec->name == NULL) |
| 1498 | return NULL; |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections, |
| 1501 | sec->use_rela_p); |
| 1502 | if (ssect != NULL) |
| 1503 | { |
| 1504 | if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 1505 | ssect = &ppc_alt_plt; |
| 1506 | return ssect; |
| 1507 | } |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); |
| 1510 | } |
| 1511 | \f |
| 1512 | /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */ |
| 1513 | typedef struct apuinfo_list |
| 1514 | { |
| 1515 | struct apuinfo_list *next; |
| 1516 | unsigned long value; |
| 1517 | } |
| 1518 | apuinfo_list; |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 | static apuinfo_list *head; |
| 1521 | static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set; |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 | static void |
| 1524 | apuinfo_list_init (void) |
| 1525 | { |
| 1526 | head = NULL; |
| 1527 | apuinfo_set = FALSE; |
| 1528 | } |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | static void |
| 1531 | apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value) |
| 1532 | { |
| 1533 | apuinfo_list *entry = head; |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 | while (entry != NULL) |
| 1536 | { |
| 1537 | if (entry->value == value) |
| 1538 | return; |
| 1539 | entry = entry->next; |
| 1540 | } |
| 1541 | |
| 1542 | entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry)); |
| 1543 | if (entry == NULL) |
| 1544 | return; |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 | entry->value = value; |
| 1547 | entry->next = head; |
| 1548 | head = entry; |
| 1549 | } |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 | static unsigned |
| 1552 | apuinfo_list_length (void) |
| 1553 | { |
| 1554 | apuinfo_list *entry; |
| 1555 | unsigned long count; |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 | for (entry = head, count = 0; |
| 1558 | entry; |
| 1559 | entry = entry->next) |
| 1560 | ++ count; |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 | return count; |
| 1563 | } |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | static inline unsigned long |
| 1566 | apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number) |
| 1567 | { |
| 1568 | apuinfo_list * entry; |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 | for (entry = head; |
| 1571 | entry && number --; |
| 1572 | entry = entry->next) |
| 1573 | ; |
| 1574 | |
| 1575 | return entry ? entry->value : 0; |
| 1576 | } |
| 1577 | |
| 1578 | static void |
| 1579 | apuinfo_list_finish (void) |
| 1580 | { |
| 1581 | apuinfo_list *entry; |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 | for (entry = head; entry;) |
| 1584 | { |
| 1585 | apuinfo_list *next = entry->next; |
| 1586 | free (entry); |
| 1587 | entry = next; |
| 1588 | } |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | head = NULL; |
| 1591 | } |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of |
| 1594 | the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */ |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 | static void |
| 1597 | ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 1598 | { |
| 1599 | bfd *ibfd; |
| 1600 | asection *asec; |
| 1601 | char *buffer = NULL; |
| 1602 | bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0; |
| 1603 | unsigned i; |
| 1604 | unsigned long length; |
| 1605 | const char *error_message = NULL; |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 | if (link_info == NULL) |
| 1608 | return; |
| 1609 | |
| 1610 | apuinfo_list_init (); |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 | /* Read in the input sections contents. */ |
| 1613 | for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| 1614 | { |
| 1615 | unsigned long datum; |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 | asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); |
| 1618 | if (asec == NULL) |
| 1619 | continue; |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 1622 | error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB"); |
| 1623 | length = asec->size; |
| 1624 | if (length < 20) |
| 1625 | goto fail; |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 | apuinfo_set = TRUE; |
| 1628 | if (largest_input_size < asec->size) |
| 1629 | { |
| 1630 | if (buffer) |
| 1631 | free (buffer); |
| 1632 | largest_input_size = asec->size; |
| 1633 | buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size); |
| 1634 | if (!buffer) |
| 1635 | return; |
| 1636 | } |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 | if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 1639 | || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length)) |
| 1640 | { |
| 1641 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 1642 | error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB"); |
| 1643 | goto fail; |
| 1644 | } |
| 1645 | |
| 1646 | /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to |
| 1647 | extract the values this way in order to allow for a |
| 1648 | host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */ |
| 1649 | datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer); |
| 1650 | if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL) |
| 1651 | goto fail; |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 | datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8); |
| 1654 | if (datum != 0x2) |
| 1655 | goto fail; |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0) |
| 1658 | goto fail; |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */ |
| 1661 | datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4); |
| 1662 | if (datum + 20 != length) |
| 1663 | goto fail; |
| 1664 | |
| 1665 | /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */ |
| 1666 | for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4) |
| 1667 | apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i)); |
| 1668 | } |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 | error_message = NULL; |
| 1671 | |
| 1672 | if (apuinfo_set) |
| 1673 | { |
| 1674 | /* Compute the size of the output section. */ |
| 1675 | unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length (); |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 | /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */ |
| 1678 | asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 | if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4)) |
| 1681 | { |
| 1682 | ibfd = abfd; |
| 1683 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 1684 | error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB"); |
| 1685 | } |
| 1686 | } |
| 1687 | |
| 1688 | fail: |
| 1689 | if (buffer) |
| 1690 | free (buffer); |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | if (error_message) |
| 1693 | _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd); |
| 1694 | } |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 | /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections' |
| 1697 | contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */ |
| 1698 | |
| 1699 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1700 | ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 1701 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 1702 | asection *asec, |
| 1703 | bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 1704 | { |
| 1705 | return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0; |
| 1706 | } |
| 1707 | |
| 1708 | /* Finally we can generate the output section. */ |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 | static void |
| 1711 | ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) |
| 1712 | { |
| 1713 | bfd_byte *buffer; |
| 1714 | asection *asec; |
| 1715 | unsigned i; |
| 1716 | unsigned num_entries; |
| 1717 | bfd_size_type length; |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 | asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); |
| 1720 | if (asec == NULL) |
| 1721 | return; |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 | if (!apuinfo_set) |
| 1724 | return; |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | length = asec->size; |
| 1727 | if (length < 20) |
| 1728 | return; |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 | buffer = bfd_malloc (length); |
| 1731 | if (buffer == NULL) |
| 1732 | { |
| 1733 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 1734 | (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section")); |
| 1735 | return; |
| 1736 | } |
| 1737 | |
| 1738 | /* Create the apuinfo header. */ |
| 1739 | num_entries = apuinfo_list_length (); |
| 1740 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer); |
| 1741 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4); |
| 1742 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8); |
| 1743 | strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL); |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 | length = 20; |
| 1746 | for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) |
| 1747 | { |
| 1748 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length); |
| 1749 | length += 4; |
| 1750 | } |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | if (length != asec->size) |
| 1753 | _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section")); |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length)) |
| 1756 | _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section")); |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 | free (buffer); |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 | apuinfo_list_finish (); |
| 1761 | } |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1764 | ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) |
| 1765 | { |
| 1766 | ppc_final_write_processing (abfd); |
| 1767 | return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd); |
| 1768 | } |
| 1769 | \f |
| 1770 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1771 | is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off) |
| 1772 | { |
| 1773 | bfd_byte buf[4 * 4]; |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf)) |
| 1776 | return FALSE; |
| 1777 | |
| 1778 | return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11 |
| 1779 | && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11 |
| 1780 | && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11 |
| 1781 | && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR); |
| 1782 | } |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1785 | section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr) |
| 1786 | { |
| 1787 | bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr; |
| 1788 | return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 1789 | && section->vma <= vma |
| 1790 | && vma < section->vma + section->size); |
| 1791 | } |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 | static long |
| 1794 | ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms, |
| 1795 | long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms, |
| 1796 | asymbol **ret) |
| 1797 | { |
| 1798 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
| 1799 | asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink; |
| 1800 | bfd_vma glink_vma = 0; |
| 1801 | bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0; |
| 1802 | bfd_vma stub_off; |
| 1803 | asymbol *s; |
| 1804 | arelent *p; |
| 1805 | long count, i, stub_delta; |
| 1806 | size_t size; |
| 1807 | char *names; |
| 1808 | bfd_byte buf[4]; |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 | *ret = NULL; |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 | if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) |
| 1813 | return 0; |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 | if (dynsymcount <= 0) |
| 1816 | return 0; |
| 1817 | |
| 1818 | relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt"); |
| 1819 | if (relplt == NULL) |
| 1820 | return 0; |
| 1821 | |
| 1822 | plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); |
| 1823 | if (plt == NULL) |
| 1824 | return 0; |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 | /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */ |
| 1827 | if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR) |
| 1828 | return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms, |
| 1829 | dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret); |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 | /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address |
| 1832 | of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */ |
| 1833 | dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 1834 | if (dynamic != NULL) |
| 1835 | { |
| 1836 | bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend; |
| 1837 | size_t extdynsize; |
| 1838 | void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf)) |
| 1841 | return -1; |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| 1844 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; |
| 1845 | |
| 1846 | extdyn = dynbuf; |
| 1847 | extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size; |
| 1848 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) |
| 1849 | { |
| 1850 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 1851 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) |
| 1854 | break; |
| 1855 | |
| 1856 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT) |
| 1857 | { |
| 1858 | unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
| 1859 | asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got"); |
| 1860 | if (got != NULL |
| 1861 | && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf, |
| 1862 | g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4)) |
| 1863 | glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); |
| 1864 | break; |
| 1865 | } |
| 1866 | } |
| 1867 | free (dynbuf); |
| 1868 | } |
| 1869 | |
| 1870 | /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */ |
| 1871 | if (glink_vma == 0) |
| 1872 | { |
| 1873 | if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4)) |
| 1874 | glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); |
| 1875 | } |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 | if (glink_vma == 0) |
| 1878 | return 0; |
| 1879 | |
| 1880 | /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final |
| 1881 | link; search for the section (usually .text) where the |
| 1882 | glink stubs now reside. */ |
| 1883 | glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma); |
| 1884 | if (glink == NULL) |
| 1885 | return 0; |
| 1886 | |
| 1887 | /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch |
| 1888 | from the first glink stub. */ |
| 1889 | if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, |
| 1890 | glink_vma - glink->vma, 4)) |
| 1891 | { |
| 1892 | unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 | /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */ |
| 1895 | insn ^= B; |
| 1896 | if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0) |
| 1897 | resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000; |
| 1898 | |
| 1899 | /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */ |
| 1900 | else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0) |
| 1901 | for (i = 4; |
| 1902 | bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, |
| 1903 | glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4); |
| 1904 | i += 4) |
| 1905 | if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP) |
| 1906 | { |
| 1907 | resolv_vma = glink_vma + i; |
| 1908 | break; |
| 1909 | } |
| 1910 | } |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 | count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 1913 | /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have |
| 1914 | multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then |
| 1915 | there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short |
| 1916 | of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub. |
| 1917 | The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of |
| 1918 | GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */ |
| 1919 | stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma; |
| 1920 | for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8) |
| 1921 | if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta)) |
| 1922 | break; |
| 1923 | if (stub_delta > 32) |
| 1924 | return 0; |
| 1925 | |
| 1926 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
| 1927 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) |
| 1928 | return -1; |
| 1929 | |
| 1930 | size = count * sizeof (asymbol); |
| 1931 | p = relplt->relocation; |
| 1932 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++) |
| 1933 | { |
| 1934 | size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); |
| 1935 | if (p->addend != 0) |
| 1936 | size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8; |
| 1937 | } |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 | size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink"); |
| 1940 | |
| 1941 | if (resolv_vma) |
| 1942 | size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 | s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size); |
| 1945 | if (s == NULL) |
| 1946 | return -1; |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma; |
| 1949 | names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0)); |
| 1950 | p = relplt->relocation + count - 1; |
| 1951 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) |
| 1952 | { |
| 1953 | size_t len; |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 | stub_off -= stub_delta; |
| 1956 | if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0) |
| 1957 | stub_off -= 32; |
| 1958 | *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; |
| 1959 | /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since |
| 1960 | we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ |
| 1961 | if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) |
| 1962 | s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; |
| 1963 | s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; |
| 1964 | s->section = glink; |
| 1965 | s->value = stub_off; |
| 1966 | s->name = names; |
| 1967 | s->udata.p = NULL; |
| 1968 | len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); |
| 1969 | memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); |
| 1970 | names += len; |
| 1971 | if (p->addend != 0) |
| 1972 | { |
| 1973 | memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1); |
| 1974 | names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1; |
| 1975 | bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend); |
| 1976 | names += strlen (names); |
| 1977 | } |
| 1978 | memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); |
| 1979 | names += sizeof ("@plt"); |
| 1980 | ++s; |
| 1981 | --p; |
| 1982 | } |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 | /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */ |
| 1985 | memset (s, 0, sizeof *s); |
| 1986 | s->the_bfd = abfd; |
| 1987 | s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC; |
| 1988 | s->section = glink; |
| 1989 | s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma; |
| 1990 | s->name = names; |
| 1991 | memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink")); |
| 1992 | names += sizeof ("__glink"); |
| 1993 | s++; |
| 1994 | count++; |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 | if (resolv_vma) |
| 1997 | { |
| 1998 | /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */ |
| 1999 | memset (s, 0, sizeof *s); |
| 2000 | s->the_bfd = abfd; |
| 2001 | s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC; |
| 2002 | s->section = glink; |
| 2003 | s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma; |
| 2004 | s->name = names; |
| 2005 | memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve")); |
| 2006 | names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); |
| 2007 | s++; |
| 2008 | count++; |
| 2009 | } |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 | return count; |
| 2012 | } |
| 2013 | \f |
| 2014 | /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while |
| 2015 | functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more |
| 2016 | or less in the order in which they are called. eg. |
| 2017 | ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process, |
| 2018 | ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions |
| 2019 | called. */ |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 | /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more |
| 2022 | than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */ |
| 2023 | struct plt_entry |
| 2024 | { |
| 2025 | struct plt_entry *next; |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 | /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2". |
| 2028 | This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the |
| 2029 | GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current |
| 2030 | gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2 |
| 2031 | sections together resulting in larger offsets). */ |
| 2032 | bfd_vma addend; |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 | /* The .got2 section. */ |
| 2035 | asection *sec; |
| 2036 | |
| 2037 | /* PLT refcount or offset. */ |
| 2038 | union |
| 2039 | { |
| 2040 | bfd_signed_vma refcount; |
| 2041 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 2042 | } plt; |
| 2043 | |
| 2044 | /* .glink stub offset. */ |
| 2045 | bfd_vma glink_offset; |
| 2046 | }; |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 | /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this |
| 2049 | function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared |
| 2050 | library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */ |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 | static int |
| 2053 | must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 2054 | enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) |
| 2055 | { |
| 2056 | switch (r_type) |
| 2057 | { |
| 2058 | default: |
| 2059 | /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load |
| 2060 | address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the |
| 2061 | dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from |
| 2062 | local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */ |
| 2063 | return 1; |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 | case R_PPC_REL24: |
| 2066 | case R_PPC_REL14: |
| 2067 | case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: |
| 2068 | case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: |
| 2069 | case R_PPC_REL32: |
| 2070 | return 0; |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 | case R_PPC_TPREL32: |
| 2073 | case R_PPC_TPREL16: |
| 2074 | case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: |
| 2075 | case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: |
| 2076 | case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: |
| 2077 | /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the |
| 2078 | linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */ |
| 2079 | return bfd_link_dll (info); |
| 2080 | } |
| 2081 | } |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 | /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid |
| 2084 | copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss |
| 2085 | section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the |
| 2086 | shared lib. */ |
| 2087 | #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1 |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 | /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */ |
| 2090 | struct ppc_dyn_relocs |
| 2091 | { |
| 2092 | struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next; |
| 2093 | |
| 2094 | /* The input section of the reloc. */ |
| 2095 | asection *sec; |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */ |
| 2098 | unsigned int count : 31; |
| 2099 | |
| 2100 | /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 2101 | unsigned int ifunc : 1; |
| 2102 | }; |
| 2103 | |
| 2104 | /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */ |
| 2105 | |
| 2106 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry |
| 2107 | { |
| 2108 | struct elf_link_hash_entry elf; |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 | /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor |
| 2111 | specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset |
| 2112 | from the beginning of the section. */ |
| 2113 | elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer; |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 | /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */ |
| 2116 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs; |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 | /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT. |
| 2119 | Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are |
| 2120 | encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any |
| 2121 | of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when |
| 2122 | optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not |
| 2123 | needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also |
| 2124 | set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one. |
| 2125 | These flags are also kept for local symbols. */ |
| 2126 | #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */ |
| 2127 | #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */ |
| 2128 | #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */ |
| 2129 | #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */ |
| 2130 | #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */ |
| 2131 | #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */ |
| 2132 | #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */ |
| 2133 | unsigned char tls_mask; |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 | /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which |
| 2136 | case TLS_TLS will be 0. */ |
| 2137 | #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */ |
| 2138 | #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */ |
| 2139 | #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */ |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 | /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this |
| 2142 | symbol. */ |
| 2143 | unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1; |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 | /* Flag use of given relocations. */ |
| 2146 | unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1; |
| 2147 | unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1; |
| 2148 | }; |
| 2149 | |
| 2150 | #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent)) |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 | /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table |
| 2155 | { |
| 2156 | struct elf_link_hash_table elf; |
| 2157 | |
| 2158 | /* Various options passed from the linker. */ |
| 2159 | struct ppc_elf_params *params; |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 | /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */ |
| 2162 | asection *glink; |
| 2163 | asection *dynsbss; |
| 2164 | asection *relsbss; |
| 2165 | elf_linker_section_t sdata[2]; |
| 2166 | asection *sbss; |
| 2167 | asection *glink_eh_frame; |
| 2168 | asection *pltlocal; |
| 2169 | asection *relpltlocal; |
| 2170 | |
| 2171 | /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */ |
| 2172 | asection *srelplt2; |
| 2173 | |
| 2174 | /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */ |
| 2175 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr; |
| 2176 | |
| 2177 | /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */ |
| 2178 | bfd *old_bfd; |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 | /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */ |
| 2181 | union { |
| 2182 | bfd_signed_vma refcount; |
| 2183 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 2184 | } tlsld_got; |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 | /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */ |
| 2187 | bfd_vma glink_pltresolve; |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 | /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */ |
| 2190 | unsigned int got_header_size; |
| 2191 | /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */ |
| 2192 | unsigned int got_gap; |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */ |
| 2195 | enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type; |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 | /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */ |
| 2198 | unsigned int is_vxworks:1; |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers, |
| 2201 | referenced by dynamic relocations. */ |
| 2202 | unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1; |
| 2203 | unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1; |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 | /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */ |
| 2206 | unsigned int do_tls_opt:1; |
| 2207 | |
| 2208 | /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */ |
| 2209 | unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1; |
| 2210 | |
| 2211 | /* The size of PLT entries. */ |
| 2212 | int plt_entry_size; |
| 2213 | /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */ |
| 2214 | int plt_slot_size; |
| 2215 | /* The size of the first PLT entry. */ |
| 2216 | int plt_initial_entry_size; |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 | /* Small local sym cache. */ |
| 2219 | struct sym_cache sym_cache; |
| 2220 | }; |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 | /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they |
| 2223 | are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */ |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 | /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */ |
| 2226 | #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0 |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 | /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker |
| 2229 | relocs. */ |
| 2230 | #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1 |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 | /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */ |
| 2233 | #define has_pltcall sec_flg2 |
| 2234 | |
| 2235 | /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 | #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \ |
| 2238 | (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \ |
| 2239 | == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL) |
| 2240 | |
| 2241 | /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 | static struct bfd_hash_entry * |
| 2244 | ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, |
| 2245 | struct bfd_hash_table *table, |
| 2246 | const char *string) |
| 2247 | { |
| 2248 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
| 2249 | subclass. */ |
| 2250 | if (entry == NULL) |
| 2251 | { |
| 2252 | entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, |
| 2253 | sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry)); |
| 2254 | if (entry == NULL) |
| 2255 | return entry; |
| 2256 | } |
| 2257 | |
| 2258 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
| 2259 | entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); |
| 2260 | if (entry != NULL) |
| 2261 | { |
| 2262 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL; |
| 2263 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 2264 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0; |
| 2265 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0; |
| 2266 | } |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 | return entry; |
| 2269 | } |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 2272 | |
| 2273 | static struct bfd_link_hash_table * |
| 2274 | ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) |
| 2275 | { |
| 2276 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret; |
| 2277 | static struct ppc_elf_params default_params |
| 2278 | = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 }; |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 | ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table)); |
| 2281 | if (ret == NULL) |
| 2282 | return NULL; |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd, |
| 2285 | ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc, |
| 2286 | sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry), |
| 2287 | PPC32_ELF_DATA)) |
| 2288 | { |
| 2289 | free (ret); |
| 2290 | return NULL; |
| 2291 | } |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 | ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0; |
| 2294 | ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL; |
| 2295 | ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0; |
| 2296 | ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL; |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 | ret->params = &default_params; |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 | ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata"; |
| 2301 | ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_"; |
| 2302 | ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss"; |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 | ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2"; |
| 2305 | ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_"; |
| 2306 | ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2"; |
| 2307 | |
| 2308 | ret->plt_entry_size = 12; |
| 2309 | ret->plt_slot_size = 8; |
| 2310 | ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72; |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | return &ret->elf.root; |
| 2313 | } |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 | /* Hook linker params into hash table. */ |
| 2316 | |
| 2317 | void |
| 2318 | ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params) |
| 2319 | { |
| 2320 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | if (htab) |
| 2323 | htab->params = params; |
| 2324 | params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize); |
| 2325 | } |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 | /* Create .got and the related sections. */ |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2330 | ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 2331 | { |
| 2332 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2333 | |
| 2334 | if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info)) |
| 2335 | return FALSE; |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 | htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 2338 | if (!htab->is_vxworks) |
| 2339 | { |
| 2340 | /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it |
| 2341 | executable. */ |
| 2342 | flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS |
| 2343 | | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 2344 | if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags)) |
| 2345 | return FALSE; |
| 2346 | } |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 | return TRUE; |
| 2349 | } |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and |
| 2352 | R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata |
| 2353 | and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */ |
| 2354 | |
| 2355 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2356 | ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd, |
| 2357 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 2358 | flagword flags, |
| 2359 | elf_linker_section_t *lsect) |
| 2360 | { |
| 2361 | asection *s; |
| 2362 | |
| 2363 | flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY |
| 2364 | | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 2365 | |
| 2366 | s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags); |
| 2367 | if (s == NULL) |
| 2368 | return FALSE; |
| 2369 | lsect->section = s; |
| 2370 | |
| 2371 | /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */ |
| 2372 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name); |
| 2373 | |
| 2374 | lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name); |
| 2375 | if (lsect->sym == NULL) |
| 2376 | return FALSE; |
| 2377 | lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000; |
| 2378 | return TRUE; |
| 2379 | } |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2382 | ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 2383 | { |
| 2384 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 2385 | asection *s; |
| 2386 | flagword flags; |
| 2387 | int p2align; |
| 2388 | |
| 2389 | flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS |
| 2390 | | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 2391 | s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags); |
| 2392 | htab->glink = s; |
| 2393 | p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4; |
| 2394 | if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align) |
| 2395 | p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align; |
| 2396 | if (s == NULL |
| 2397 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align)) |
| 2398 | return FALSE; |
| 2399 | |
| 2400 | if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info) |
| 2401 | { |
| 2402 | flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS |
| 2403 | | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 2404 | s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags); |
| 2405 | htab->glink_eh_frame = s; |
| 2406 | if (s == NULL |
| 2407 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2)) |
| 2408 | return FALSE; |
| 2409 | } |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; |
| 2412 | s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags); |
| 2413 | htab->elf.iplt = s; |
| 2414 | if (s == NULL |
| 2415 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4)) |
| 2416 | return FALSE; |
| 2417 | |
| 2418 | flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS |
| 2419 | | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 2420 | s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags); |
| 2421 | htab->elf.irelplt = s; |
| 2422 | if (s == NULL |
| 2423 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2)) |
| 2424 | return FALSE; |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 | /* Local plt entries. */ |
| 2427 | flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD |
| 2428 | | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 2429 | htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt", |
| 2430 | flags); |
| 2431 | if (htab->pltlocal == NULL |
| 2432 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2)) |
| 2433 | return FALSE; |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 2436 | { |
| 2437 | flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY |
| 2438 | | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 2439 | htab->relpltlocal |
| 2440 | = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags); |
| 2441 | if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL |
| 2442 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2)) |
| 2443 | return FALSE; |
| 2444 | } |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 | if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0, |
| 2447 | &htab->sdata[0])) |
| 2448 | return FALSE; |
| 2449 | |
| 2450 | if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY, |
| 2451 | &htab->sdata[1])) |
| 2452 | return FALSE; |
| 2453 | |
| 2454 | return TRUE; |
| 2455 | } |
| 2456 | |
| 2457 | /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped |
| 2458 | to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has |
| 2459 | to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */ |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2462 | ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 2463 | { |
| 2464 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2465 | asection *s; |
| 2466 | flagword flags; |
| 2467 | |
| 2468 | htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL |
| 2471 | && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info)) |
| 2472 | return FALSE; |
| 2473 | |
| 2474 | if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) |
| 2475 | return FALSE; |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 | if (htab->glink == NULL |
| 2478 | && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info)) |
| 2479 | return FALSE; |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 | s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss", |
| 2482 | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 2483 | htab->dynsbss = s; |
| 2484 | if (s == NULL) |
| 2485 | return FALSE; |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 | if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 2488 | { |
| 2489 | flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS |
| 2490 | | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 2491 | s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags); |
| 2492 | htab->relsbss = s; |
| 2493 | if (s == NULL |
| 2494 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2)) |
| 2495 | return FALSE; |
| 2496 | } |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | if (htab->is_vxworks |
| 2499 | && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2)) |
| 2500 | return FALSE; |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 | s = htab->elf.splt; |
| 2503 | flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; |
| 2504 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) |
| 2505 | /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */ |
| 2506 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY; |
| 2507 | return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags); |
| 2508 | } |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 | /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */ |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 | static void |
| 2513 | ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 2514 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, |
| 2515 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) |
| 2516 | { |
| 2517 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind; |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 | edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir; |
| 2520 | eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind; |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 | edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask; |
| 2523 | edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs; |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 | if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden) |
| 2526 | edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic; |
| 2527 | edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular; |
| 2528 | edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak; |
| 2529 | edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref; |
| 2530 | edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt; |
| 2531 | edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed; |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 | /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */ |
| 2534 | if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| 2535 | return; |
| 2536 | |
| 2537 | if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| 2538 | { |
| 2539 | if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| 2540 | { |
| 2541 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2542 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 | /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym |
| 2545 | list. Merge any entries against the same section. */ |
| 2546 | for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 2547 | { |
| 2548 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *q; |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next) |
| 2551 | if (q->sec == p->sec) |
| 2552 | { |
| 2553 | q->pc_count += p->pc_count; |
| 2554 | q->count += p->count; |
| 2555 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2556 | break; |
| 2557 | } |
| 2558 | if (q == NULL) |
| 2559 | pp = &p->next; |
| 2560 | } |
| 2561 | *pp = edir->dyn_relocs; |
| 2562 | } |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 | edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs; |
| 2565 | eind->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 2566 | } |
| 2567 | |
| 2568 | /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to |
| 2569 | the symbol which just became indirect. */ |
| 2570 | edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount; |
| 2571 | eind->elf.got.refcount = 0; |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 | /* And plt entries. */ |
| 2574 | if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL) |
| 2575 | { |
| 2576 | if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL) |
| 2577 | { |
| 2578 | struct plt_entry **entp; |
| 2579 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 | for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; ) |
| 2582 | { |
| 2583 | struct plt_entry *dent; |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 | for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next) |
| 2586 | if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend) |
| 2587 | { |
| 2588 | dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount; |
| 2589 | *entp = ent->next; |
| 2590 | break; |
| 2591 | } |
| 2592 | if (dent == NULL) |
| 2593 | entp = &ent->next; |
| 2594 | } |
| 2595 | *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist; |
| 2596 | } |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 | edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist; |
| 2599 | eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL; |
| 2600 | } |
| 2601 | |
| 2602 | if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1) |
| 2603 | { |
| 2604 | if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1) |
| 2605 | _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, |
| 2606 | edir->elf.dynstr_index); |
| 2607 | edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx; |
| 2608 | edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index; |
| 2609 | eind->elf.dynindx = -1; |
| 2610 | eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0; |
| 2611 | } |
| 2612 | } |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 | /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object |
| 2615 | file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */ |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2618 | ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, |
| 2619 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 2620 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
| 2621 | const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 2622 | flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 2623 | asection **secp, |
| 2624 | bfd_vma *valp) |
| 2625 | { |
| 2626 | if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON |
| 2627 | && !bfd_link_relocatable (info) |
| 2628 | && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd) |
| 2629 | && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd)) |
| 2630 | { |
| 2631 | /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically |
| 2632 | put into .sbss. */ |
| 2633 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2634 | |
| 2635 | htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 2636 | if (htab->sbss == NULL) |
| 2637 | { |
| 2638 | flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 | if (!htab->elf.dynobj) |
| 2641 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 2642 | |
| 2643 | htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, |
| 2644 | ".sbss", |
| 2645 | flags); |
| 2646 | if (htab->sbss == NULL) |
| 2647 | return FALSE; |
| 2648 | } |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 | *secp = htab->sbss; |
| 2651 | *valp = sym->st_size; |
| 2652 | } |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 | return TRUE; |
| 2655 | } |
| 2656 | \f |
| 2657 | /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */ |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 | static elf_linker_section_pointers_t * |
| 2660 | elf_find_pointer_linker_section |
| 2661 | (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers, |
| 2662 | bfd_vma addend, |
| 2663 | elf_linker_section_t *lsect) |
| 2664 | { |
| 2665 | for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next) |
| 2666 | if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend) |
| 2667 | return linker_pointers; |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 | return NULL; |
| 2670 | } |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 | /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */ |
| 2673 | |
| 2674 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2675 | elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd, |
| 2676 | elf_linker_section_t *lsect, |
| 2677 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 2678 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) |
| 2679 | { |
| 2680 | elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL; |
| 2681 | elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; |
| 2682 | unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 2683 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 2684 | |
| 2685 | BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 | /* Is this a global symbol? */ |
| 2688 | if (h != NULL) |
| 2689 | { |
| 2690 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 | /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ |
| 2693 | eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2694 | if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer, |
| 2695 | rel->r_addend, |
| 2696 | lsect)) |
| 2697 | return TRUE; |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 | ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer; |
| 2700 | } |
| 2701 | else |
| 2702 | { |
| 2703 | BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 | /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */ |
| 2706 | elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd); |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 | /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */ |
| 2709 | if (!ptr) |
| 2710 | { |
| 2711 | unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info; |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | amt = num_symbols; |
| 2714 | amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *); |
| 2715 | ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2716 | |
| 2717 | if (!ptr) |
| 2718 | return FALSE; |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 | elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr; |
| 2721 | } |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 | /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ |
| 2724 | if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx], |
| 2725 | rel->r_addend, |
| 2726 | lsect)) |
| 2727 | return TRUE; |
| 2728 | |
| 2729 | ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx]; |
| 2730 | } |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 | /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate |
| 2733 | a new pointer record from internal memory. */ |
| 2734 | BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL); |
| 2735 | amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t); |
| 2736 | linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 | if (!linker_section_ptr) |
| 2739 | return FALSE; |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 | linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr; |
| 2742 | linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 2743 | linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect; |
| 2744 | *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr; |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 | if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2)) |
| 2747 | return FALSE; |
| 2748 | linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size; |
| 2749 | lsect->section->size += 4; |
| 2750 | |
| 2751 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 2752 | fprintf (stderr, |
| 2753 | "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n", |
| 2754 | lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset, |
| 2755 | (long) lsect->section->size); |
| 2756 | #endif |
| 2757 | |
| 2758 | return TRUE; |
| 2759 | } |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 | static struct plt_entry ** |
| 2762 | update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd, |
| 2763 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 2764 | unsigned long r_symndx, |
| 2765 | int tls_type) |
| 2766 | { |
| 2767 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); |
| 2768 | struct plt_entry **local_plt; |
| 2769 | unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks; |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) |
| 2772 | { |
| 2773 | bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 | size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts) |
| 2776 | + sizeof (*local_plt) |
| 2777 | + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks)); |
| 2778 | local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size); |
| 2779 | if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) |
| 2780 | return NULL; |
| 2781 | elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; |
| 2782 | } |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 | local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 2785 | local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 2786 | local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff; |
| 2787 | if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0) |
| 2788 | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; |
| 2789 | return local_plt + r_symndx; |
| 2790 | } |
| 2791 | |
| 2792 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2793 | update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist, |
| 2794 | asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) |
| 2795 | { |
| 2796 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 | if (addend < 32768) |
| 2799 | sec = NULL; |
| 2800 | for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| 2801 | if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) |
| 2802 | break; |
| 2803 | if (ent == NULL) |
| 2804 | { |
| 2805 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*ent); |
| 2806 | ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2807 | if (ent == NULL) |
| 2808 | return FALSE; |
| 2809 | ent->next = *plist; |
| 2810 | ent->sec = sec; |
| 2811 | ent->addend = addend; |
| 2812 | ent->plt.refcount = 0; |
| 2813 | *plist = ent; |
| 2814 | } |
| 2815 | ent->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 2816 | return TRUE; |
| 2817 | } |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 | static struct plt_entry * |
| 2820 | find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) |
| 2821 | { |
| 2822 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 2823 | |
| 2824 | if (addend < 32768) |
| 2825 | sec = NULL; |
| 2826 | for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| 2827 | if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) |
| 2828 | break; |
| 2829 | return ent; |
| 2830 | } |
| 2831 | |
| 2832 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2833 | is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) |
| 2834 | { |
| 2835 | return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 |
| 2836 | || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC |
| 2837 | || r_type == R_PPC_REL24 |
| 2838 | || r_type == R_PPC_REL14 |
| 2839 | || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN |
| 2840 | || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN |
| 2841 | || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24 |
| 2842 | || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14 |
| 2843 | || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN |
| 2844 | || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN |
| 2845 | || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24); |
| 2846 | } |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 | /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */ |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2851 | is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) |
| 2852 | { |
| 2853 | return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA |
| 2854 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI |
| 2855 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO |
| 2856 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ); |
| 2857 | } |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 | static void |
| 2860 | bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) |
| 2861 | { |
| 2862 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 2863 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 2864 | (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"), |
| 2865 | abfd, |
| 2866 | ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name); |
| 2867 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 2868 | } |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and |
| 2871 | allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage |
| 2872 | table. */ |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2875 | ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, |
| 2876 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 2877 | asection *sec, |
| 2878 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) |
| 2879 | { |
| 2880 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2881 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 2882 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 2883 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 2884 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; |
| 2885 | asection *got2, *sreloc; |
| 2886 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga; |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| 2889 | return TRUE; |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 | /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections. |
| 2892 | In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT |
| 2893 | and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT |
| 2894 | or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS |
| 2895 | relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared |
| 2896 | libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */ |
| 2897 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
| 2898 | return TRUE; |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 2901 | _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB", |
| 2902 | sec, abfd); |
| 2903 | #endif |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ |
| 2908 | if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) |
| 2909 | ppc_elf_howto_init (); |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 2912 | if (htab->glink == NULL) |
| 2913 | { |
| 2914 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 2915 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 2916 | if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) |
| 2917 | return FALSE; |
| 2918 | } |
| 2919 | tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", |
| 2920 | FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 2921 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
| 2922 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
| 2923 | got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); |
| 2924 | sreloc = NULL; |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 | rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 2927 | for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) |
| 2928 | { |
| 2929 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 2930 | enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; |
| 2931 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 2932 | int tls_type; |
| 2933 | struct plt_entry **ifunc; |
| 2934 | struct plt_entry **pltent; |
| 2935 | bfd_vma addend; |
| 2936 | |
| 2937 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 2938 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 2939 | h = NULL; |
| 2940 | else |
| 2941 | { |
| 2942 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 2943 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 2944 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 2945 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 2946 | } |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 | /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got. |
| 2949 | This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi |
| 2950 | startup code. */ |
| 2951 | if (h != NULL |
| 2952 | && htab->elf.sgot == NULL |
| 2953 | && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0) |
| 2954 | { |
| 2955 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 2956 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 2957 | if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) |
| 2958 | return FALSE; |
| 2959 | BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot); |
| 2960 | } |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 | tls_type = 0; |
| 2963 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 2964 | ifunc = NULL; |
| 2965 | if (h == NULL && !htab->is_vxworks) |
| 2966 | { |
| 2967 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 2968 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 2969 | if (isym == NULL) |
| 2970 | return FALSE; |
| 2971 | |
| 2972 | if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 2973 | { |
| 2974 | /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */ |
| 2975 | ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, |
| 2976 | NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC); |
| 2977 | if (ifunc == NULL) |
| 2978 | return FALSE; |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry; |
| 2981 | In a non-pie executable even when there are |
| 2982 | no plt calls. */ |
| 2983 | if (!bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 2984 | || is_branch_reloc (r_type) |
| 2985 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO |
| 2986 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI |
| 2987 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA) |
| 2988 | { |
| 2989 | addend = 0; |
| 2990 | if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) |
| 2991 | ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; |
| 2992 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 2993 | && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 |
| 2994 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO |
| 2995 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI |
| 2996 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) |
| 2997 | addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 2998 | if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend)) |
| 2999 | return FALSE; |
| 3000 | } |
| 3001 | } |
| 3002 | } |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 | if (!htab->is_vxworks |
| 3005 | && is_branch_reloc (r_type) |
| 3006 | && h != NULL |
| 3007 | && h == tga) |
| 3008 | { |
| 3009 | if (rel != relocs |
| 3010 | && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD |
| 3011 | || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD)) |
| 3012 | /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker |
| 3013 | reloc. */ |
| 3014 | ; |
| 3015 | else |
| 3016 | /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */ |
| 3017 | sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1; |
| 3018 | } |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | switch (r_type) |
| 3021 | { |
| 3022 | case R_PPC_TLSGD: |
| 3023 | case R_PPC_TLSLD: |
| 3024 | /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with |
| 3025 | its parameter symbol. */ |
| 3026 | if (h != NULL) |
| 3027 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK; |
| 3028 | else |
| 3029 | if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, |
| 3030 | NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) |
| 3031 | return FALSE; |
| 3032 | break; |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: |
| 3035 | break; |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: |
| 3038 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: |
| 3039 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: |
| 3040 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: |
| 3041 | tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; |
| 3042 | goto dogottls; |
| 3043 | |
| 3044 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: |
| 3045 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: |
| 3046 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: |
| 3047 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: |
| 3048 | tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; |
| 3049 | goto dogottls; |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: |
| 3052 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: |
| 3053 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: |
| 3054 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: |
| 3055 | if (bfd_link_dll (info)) |
| 3056 | info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; |
| 3057 | tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; |
| 3058 | goto dogottls; |
| 3059 | |
| 3060 | case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: |
| 3061 | case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: |
| 3062 | case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: |
| 3063 | case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: |
| 3064 | tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; |
| 3065 | dogottls: |
| 3066 | sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; |
| 3067 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 | /* GOT16 relocations */ |
| 3070 | case R_PPC_GOT16: |
| 3071 | case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: |
| 3072 | case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: |
| 3073 | case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: |
| 3074 | /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */ |
| 3075 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 3076 | { |
| 3077 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 3078 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 3079 | if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) |
| 3080 | return FALSE; |
| 3081 | } |
| 3082 | if (h != NULL) |
| 3083 | { |
| 3084 | h->got.refcount += 1; |
| 3085 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type; |
| 3086 | } |
| 3087 | else |
| 3088 | /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */ |
| 3089 | if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type)) |
| 3090 | return FALSE; |
| 3091 | |
| 3092 | /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be |
| 3093 | an ifunc. */ |
| 3094 | if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 3095 | { |
| 3096 | if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) |
| 3097 | return FALSE; |
| 3098 | } |
| 3099 | break; |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 | /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ |
| 3102 | case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: |
| 3103 | htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1; |
| 3104 | if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0], |
| 3105 | h, rel)) |
| 3106 | return FALSE; |
| 3107 | if (h != NULL) |
| 3108 | { |
| 3109 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; |
| 3110 | h->non_got_ref = TRUE; |
| 3111 | } |
| 3112 | break; |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 | /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ |
| 3115 | case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: |
| 3116 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 3117 | { |
| 3118 | bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); |
| 3119 | return FALSE; |
| 3120 | } |
| 3121 | htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1; |
| 3122 | if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1], |
| 3123 | h, rel)) |
| 3124 | return FALSE; |
| 3125 | if (h != NULL) |
| 3126 | { |
| 3127 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; |
| 3128 | h->non_got_ref = TRUE; |
| 3129 | } |
| 3130 | break; |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 | case R_PPC_SDAREL16: |
| 3133 | htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1; |
| 3134 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 3135 | |
| 3136 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: |
| 3137 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: |
| 3138 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: |
| 3139 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: |
| 3140 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: |
| 3141 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: |
| 3142 | if (h != NULL) |
| 3143 | { |
| 3144 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; |
| 3145 | h->non_got_ref = TRUE; |
| 3146 | } |
| 3147 | break; |
| 3148 | |
| 3149 | case R_PPC_VLE_REL8: |
| 3150 | case R_PPC_VLE_REL15: |
| 3151 | case R_PPC_VLE_REL24: |
| 3152 | case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A: |
| 3153 | case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D: |
| 3154 | case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A: |
| 3155 | case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D: |
| 3156 | case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A: |
| 3157 | case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D: |
| 3158 | case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20: |
| 3159 | break; |
| 3160 | |
| 3161 | case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: |
| 3162 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 3163 | { |
| 3164 | bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); |
| 3165 | return FALSE; |
| 3166 | } |
| 3167 | htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1; |
| 3168 | if (h != NULL) |
| 3169 | { |
| 3170 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; |
| 3171 | h->non_got_ref = TRUE; |
| 3172 | } |
| 3173 | break; |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: |
| 3176 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21: |
| 3177 | case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: |
| 3178 | case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: |
| 3179 | if (h != NULL) |
| 3180 | { |
| 3181 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; |
| 3182 | h->non_got_ref = TRUE; |
| 3183 | } |
| 3184 | break; |
| 3185 | |
| 3186 | case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: |
| 3187 | case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: |
| 3188 | case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: |
| 3189 | case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: |
| 3190 | case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: |
| 3191 | if (h != NULL) |
| 3192 | h->non_got_ref = TRUE; |
| 3193 | break; |
| 3194 | |
| 3195 | case R_PPC_PLTREL24: |
| 3196 | if (h == NULL) |
| 3197 | break; |
| 3198 | ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; |
| 3199 | goto pltentry; |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 | case R_PPC_PLTCALL: |
| 3202 | sec->has_pltcall = 1; |
| 3203 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | case R_PPC_PLT32: |
| 3206 | case R_PPC_PLTREL32: |
| 3207 | case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: |
| 3208 | case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: |
| 3209 | case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: |
| 3210 | pltentry: |
| 3211 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 3212 | fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n"); |
| 3213 | #endif |
| 3214 | /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */ |
| 3215 | if (h == NULL) |
| 3216 | { |
| 3217 | pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, |
| 3218 | NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP); |
| 3219 | if (pltent == NULL) |
| 3220 | return FALSE; |
| 3221 | } |
| 3222 | else |
| 3223 | { |
| 3224 | if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) |
| 3225 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP; |
| 3226 | h->needs_plt = 1; |
| 3227 | pltent = &h->plt.plist; |
| 3228 | } |
| 3229 | addend = 0; |
| 3230 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 3231 | && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 |
| 3232 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO |
| 3233 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI |
| 3234 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) |
| 3235 | addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 3236 | if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend)) |
| 3237 | return FALSE; |
| 3238 | break; |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 | /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the |
| 3241 | relocation if linking a shared object since they are |
| 3242 | section relative. */ |
| 3243 | case R_PPC_SECTOFF: |
| 3244 | case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: |
| 3245 | case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: |
| 3246 | case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: |
| 3247 | case R_PPC_DTPREL16: |
| 3248 | case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: |
| 3249 | case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: |
| 3250 | case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: |
| 3251 | case R_PPC_TOC16: |
| 3252 | break; |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | case R_PPC_REL16: |
| 3255 | case R_PPC_REL16_LO: |
| 3256 | case R_PPC_REL16_HI: |
| 3257 | case R_PPC_REL16_HA: |
| 3258 | case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: |
| 3259 | ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1; |
| 3260 | break; |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 | /* These are just markers. */ |
| 3263 | case R_PPC_TLS: |
| 3264 | case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: |
| 3265 | case R_PPC_NONE: |
| 3266 | case R_PPC_max: |
| 3267 | case R_PPC_RELAX: |
| 3268 | case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: |
| 3269 | case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: |
| 3270 | case R_PPC_16DX_HA: |
| 3271 | break; |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 | /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */ |
| 3274 | case R_PPC_COPY: |
| 3275 | case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: |
| 3276 | case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: |
| 3277 | case R_PPC_RELATIVE: |
| 3278 | case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: |
| 3279 | break; |
| 3280 | |
| 3281 | /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */ |
| 3282 | case R_PPC_ADDR30: |
| 3283 | case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: |
| 3284 | case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: |
| 3285 | case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: |
| 3286 | case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: |
| 3287 | case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: |
| 3288 | break; |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */ |
| 3291 | case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: |
| 3292 | if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) |
| 3293 | { |
| 3294 | htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; |
| 3295 | htab->old_bfd = abfd; |
| 3296 | } |
| 3297 | if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 3298 | { |
| 3299 | h->needs_plt = 1; |
| 3300 | if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) |
| 3301 | return FALSE; |
| 3302 | } |
| 3303 | break; |
| 3304 | |
| 3305 | /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. |
| 3306 | Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ |
| 3307 | case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 3308 | if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) |
| 3309 | return FALSE; |
| 3310 | break; |
| 3311 | |
| 3312 | /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually |
| 3313 | used. Record for later use during GC. */ |
| 3314 | case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 3315 | if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend)) |
| 3316 | return FALSE; |
| 3317 | break; |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */ |
| 3320 | case R_PPC_TPREL32: |
| 3321 | case R_PPC_TPREL16: |
| 3322 | case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: |
| 3323 | case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: |
| 3324 | case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: |
| 3325 | if (bfd_link_dll (info)) |
| 3326 | info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; |
| 3327 | goto dodyn; |
| 3328 | |
| 3329 | /* Nor these. */ |
| 3330 | case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: |
| 3331 | case R_PPC_DTPREL32: |
| 3332 | goto dodyn; |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 | case R_PPC_REL32: |
| 3335 | if (h == NULL |
| 3336 | && got2 != NULL |
| 3337 | && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0 |
| 3338 | && bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 3339 | && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) |
| 3340 | { |
| 3341 | /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before |
| 3342 | the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32 |
| 3343 | reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then |
| 3344 | force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot |
| 3345 | reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for |
| 3346 | PLT call stubs. */ |
| 3347 | asection *s; |
| 3348 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 3351 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 3352 | if (isym == NULL) |
| 3353 | return FALSE; |
| 3354 | |
| 3355 | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); |
| 3356 | if (s == got2) |
| 3357 | { |
| 3358 | htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; |
| 3359 | htab->old_bfd = abfd; |
| 3360 | } |
| 3361 | } |
| 3362 | if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) |
| 3363 | break; |
| 3364 | /* fall through */ |
| 3365 | |
| 3366 | case R_PPC_ADDR32: |
| 3367 | case R_PPC_ADDR16: |
| 3368 | case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: |
| 3369 | case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: |
| 3370 | case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: |
| 3371 | case R_PPC_UADDR32: |
| 3372 | case R_PPC_UADDR16: |
| 3373 | if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 3374 | { |
| 3375 | /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be |
| 3376 | a function defined in a dynamic object. */ |
| 3377 | if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) |
| 3378 | return FALSE; |
| 3379 | |
| 3380 | /* We may need a copy reloc too. */ |
| 3381 | h->non_got_ref = 1; |
| 3382 | h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; |
| 3383 | if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) |
| 3384 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1; |
| 3385 | if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO) |
| 3386 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1; |
| 3387 | } |
| 3388 | goto dodyn; |
| 3389 | |
| 3390 | case R_PPC_REL24: |
| 3391 | case R_PPC_REL14: |
| 3392 | case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: |
| 3393 | case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: |
| 3394 | if (h == NULL) |
| 3395 | break; |
| 3396 | if (h == htab->elf.hgot) |
| 3397 | { |
| 3398 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) |
| 3399 | { |
| 3400 | htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; |
| 3401 | htab->old_bfd = abfd; |
| 3402 | } |
| 3403 | break; |
| 3404 | } |
| 3405 | /* fall through */ |
| 3406 | |
| 3407 | case R_PPC_ADDR24: |
| 3408 | case R_PPC_ADDR14: |
| 3409 | case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: |
| 3410 | case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: |
| 3411 | if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 3412 | { |
| 3413 | /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be |
| 3414 | a function defined in a dynamic object. */ |
| 3415 | h->needs_plt = 1; |
| 3416 | if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) |
| 3417 | return FALSE; |
| 3418 | break; |
| 3419 | } |
| 3420 | |
| 3421 | dodyn: |
| 3422 | /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc |
| 3423 | against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc |
| 3424 | against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc |
| 3425 | into the shared library. However, if we are linking with |
| 3426 | -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a |
| 3427 | global symbol which is defined in an object we are |
| 3428 | including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At |
| 3429 | this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is |
| 3430 | possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set |
| 3431 | later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition, |
| 3432 | DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in |
| 3433 | a shared library. We account for that possibility below by |
| 3434 | storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash |
| 3435 | table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating |
| 3436 | shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the |
| 3437 | symbol local. |
| 3438 | |
| 3439 | If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we |
| 3440 | may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a |
| 3441 | dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the |
| 3442 | symbol. */ |
| 3443 | if ((bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 3444 | && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type) |
| 3445 | || (h != NULL |
| 3446 | && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h) |
| 3447 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| 3448 | || !h->def_regular)))) |
| 3449 | || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 3450 | && !bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 3451 | && h != NULL |
| 3452 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| 3453 | || !h->def_regular))) |
| 3454 | { |
| 3455 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 3456 | fprintf (stderr, |
| 3457 | "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to " |
| 3458 | "create relocation for %s\n", |
| 3459 | (h && h->root.root.string |
| 3460 | ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); |
| 3461 | #endif |
| 3462 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 3463 | { |
| 3464 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 3465 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 | sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section |
| 3468 | (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE); |
| 3469 | |
| 3470 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 3471 | return FALSE; |
| 3472 | } |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of |
| 3475 | relocations we need for this symbol. */ |
| 3476 | if (h != NULL) |
| 3477 | { |
| 3478 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 3479 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head; |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | rel_head = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; |
| 3482 | p = *rel_head; |
| 3483 | if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) |
| 3484 | { |
| 3485 | p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); |
| 3486 | if (p == NULL) |
| 3487 | return FALSE; |
| 3488 | p->next = *rel_head; |
| 3489 | *rel_head = p; |
| 3490 | p->sec = sec; |
| 3491 | p->count = 0; |
| 3492 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 3493 | } |
| 3494 | p->count += 1; |
| 3495 | if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)) |
| 3496 | p->pc_count += 1; |
| 3497 | } |
| 3498 | else |
| 3499 | { |
| 3500 | /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. |
| 3501 | We really need local syms available to do this |
| 3502 | easily. Oh well. */ |
| 3503 | struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 3504 | struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head; |
| 3505 | bfd_boolean is_ifunc; |
| 3506 | asection *s; |
| 3507 | void *vpp; |
| 3508 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 3511 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 3512 | if (isym == NULL) |
| 3513 | return FALSE; |
| 3514 | |
| 3515 | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); |
| 3516 | if (s == NULL) |
| 3517 | s = sec; |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 | vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; |
| 3520 | rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp; |
| 3521 | is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC; |
| 3522 | p = *rel_head; |
| 3523 | if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc) |
| 3524 | p = p->next; |
| 3525 | if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc) |
| 3526 | { |
| 3527 | p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); |
| 3528 | if (p == NULL) |
| 3529 | return FALSE; |
| 3530 | p->next = *rel_head; |
| 3531 | *rel_head = p; |
| 3532 | p->sec = sec; |
| 3533 | p->ifunc = is_ifunc; |
| 3534 | p->count = 0; |
| 3535 | } |
| 3536 | p->count += 1; |
| 3537 | } |
| 3538 | } |
| 3539 | |
| 3540 | break; |
| 3541 | } |
| 3542 | } |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 | return TRUE; |
| 3545 | } |
| 3546 | \f |
| 3547 | /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD |
| 3548 | and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */ |
| 3549 | bfd_boolean |
| 3550 | _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3551 | { |
| 3552 | bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; |
| 3553 | obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs; |
| 3554 | obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs; |
| 3555 | bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 | in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; |
| 3558 | out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; |
| 3559 | |
| 3560 | in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; |
| 3561 | out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 | if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) |
| 3564 | { |
| 3565 | int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3; |
| 3566 | int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3; |
| 3567 | static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld; |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 | if (in_fp == 0) |
| 3570 | ; |
| 3571 | else if (out_fp == 0) |
| 3572 | { |
| 3573 | out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; |
| 3574 | out_attr->i ^= in_fp; |
| 3575 | last_fp = ibfd; |
| 3576 | } |
| 3577 | else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2) |
| 3578 | { |
| 3579 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3580 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3581 | (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"), |
| 3582 | last_fp, ibfd); |
| 3583 | ret = FALSE; |
| 3584 | } |
| 3585 | else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2) |
| 3586 | { |
| 3587 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3588 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3589 | (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"), |
| 3590 | ibfd, last_fp); |
| 3591 | ret = FALSE; |
| 3592 | } |
| 3593 | else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3) |
| 3594 | { |
| 3595 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3596 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3597 | (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, " |
| 3598 | "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd); |
| 3599 | ret = FALSE; |
| 3600 | } |
| 3601 | else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1) |
| 3602 | { |
| 3603 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3604 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3605 | (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, " |
| 3606 | "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp); |
| 3607 | ret = FALSE; |
| 3608 | } |
| 3609 | |
| 3610 | in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc; |
| 3611 | out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc; |
| 3612 | if (in_fp == 0) |
| 3613 | ; |
| 3614 | else if (out_fp == 0) |
| 3615 | { |
| 3616 | out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; |
| 3617 | out_attr->i ^= in_fp; |
| 3618 | last_ld = ibfd; |
| 3619 | } |
| 3620 | else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4) |
| 3621 | { |
| 3622 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3623 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3624 | (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, " |
| 3625 | "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld); |
| 3626 | ret = FALSE; |
| 3627 | } |
| 3628 | else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4) |
| 3629 | { |
| 3630 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3631 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3632 | (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, " |
| 3633 | "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd); |
| 3634 | ret = FALSE; |
| 3635 | } |
| 3636 | else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4) |
| 3637 | { |
| 3638 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3639 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3640 | (_("%pB uses IBM long double, " |
| 3641 | "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd); |
| 3642 | ret = FALSE; |
| 3643 | } |
| 3644 | else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4) |
| 3645 | { |
| 3646 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3647 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3648 | (_("%pB uses IBM long double, " |
| 3649 | "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld); |
| 3650 | ret = FALSE; |
| 3651 | } |
| 3652 | } |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 | if (!ret) |
| 3655 | { |
| 3656 | out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; |
| 3657 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3658 | } |
| 3659 | return ret; |
| 3660 | } |
| 3661 | |
| 3662 | /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if |
| 3663 | there are conflicting attributes. */ |
| 3664 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3665 | ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3666 | { |
| 3667 | bfd *obfd; |
| 3668 | obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs; |
| 3669 | obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs; |
| 3670 | bfd_boolean ret; |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 | if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info)) |
| 3673 | return FALSE; |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | obfd = info->output_bfd; |
| 3676 | in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; |
| 3677 | out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 | /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and |
| 3680 | merge non-conflicting ones. */ |
| 3681 | in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; |
| 3682 | out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; |
| 3683 | ret = TRUE; |
| 3684 | if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) |
| 3685 | { |
| 3686 | int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3; |
| 3687 | int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3; |
| 3688 | static bfd *last_vec; |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 | if (in_vec == 0) |
| 3691 | ; |
| 3692 | else if (out_vec == 0) |
| 3693 | { |
| 3694 | out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; |
| 3695 | out_attr->i = in_vec; |
| 3696 | last_vec = ibfd; |
| 3697 | } |
| 3698 | /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE |
| 3699 | without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack |
| 3700 | alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are |
| 3701 | not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this |
| 3702 | case too. */ |
| 3703 | else if (in_vec == 1) |
| 3704 | ; |
| 3705 | else if (out_vec == 1) |
| 3706 | { |
| 3707 | out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; |
| 3708 | out_attr->i = in_vec; |
| 3709 | last_vec = ibfd; |
| 3710 | } |
| 3711 | else if (out_vec < in_vec) |
| 3712 | { |
| 3713 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3714 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3715 | (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"), |
| 3716 | last_vec, ibfd); |
| 3717 | out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; |
| 3718 | ret = FALSE; |
| 3719 | } |
| 3720 | else if (out_vec > in_vec) |
| 3721 | { |
| 3722 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3723 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3724 | (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"), |
| 3725 | ibfd, last_vec); |
| 3726 | out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; |
| 3727 | ret = FALSE; |
| 3728 | } |
| 3729 | } |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 | /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes |
| 3732 | and merge non-conflicting ones. */ |
| 3733 | in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; |
| 3734 | out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; |
| 3735 | if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) |
| 3736 | { |
| 3737 | int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3; |
| 3738 | int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3; |
| 3739 | static bfd *last_struct; |
| 3740 | |
| 3741 | if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3) |
| 3742 | ; |
| 3743 | else if (out_struct == 0) |
| 3744 | { |
| 3745 | out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; |
| 3746 | out_attr->i = in_struct; |
| 3747 | last_struct = ibfd; |
| 3748 | } |
| 3749 | else if (out_struct < in_struct) |
| 3750 | { |
| 3751 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3752 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3753 | (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, " |
| 3754 | "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd); |
| 3755 | out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; |
| 3756 | ret = FALSE; |
| 3757 | } |
| 3758 | else if (out_struct > in_struct) |
| 3759 | { |
| 3760 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3761 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3762 | (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, " |
| 3763 | "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct); |
| 3764 | out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; |
| 3765 | ret = FALSE; |
| 3766 | } |
| 3767 | } |
| 3768 | if (!ret) |
| 3769 | { |
| 3770 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3771 | return FALSE; |
| 3772 | } |
| 3773 | |
| 3774 | /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */ |
| 3775 | return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info); |
| 3776 | } |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 | /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output |
| 3779 | object file when linking. */ |
| 3780 | |
| 3781 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3782 | ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3783 | { |
| 3784 | bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; |
| 3785 | flagword old_flags; |
| 3786 | flagword new_flags; |
| 3787 | bfd_boolean error; |
| 3788 | |
| 3789 | if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd)) |
| 3790 | return TRUE; |
| 3791 | |
| 3792 | /* Check if we have the same endianness. */ |
| 3793 | if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info)) |
| 3794 | return FALSE; |
| 3795 | |
| 3796 | if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info)) |
| 3797 | return FALSE; |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 | new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; |
| 3800 | old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags; |
| 3801 | if (!elf_flags_init (obfd)) |
| 3802 | { |
| 3803 | /* First call, no flags set. */ |
| 3804 | elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; |
| 3805 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags; |
| 3806 | } |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 | /* Compatible flags are ok. */ |
| 3809 | else if (new_flags == old_flags) |
| 3810 | ; |
| 3811 | |
| 3812 | /* Incompatible flags. */ |
| 3813 | else |
| 3814 | { |
| 3815 | /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib |
| 3816 | to be linked with either. */ |
| 3817 | error = FALSE; |
| 3818 | if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0 |
| 3819 | && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0) |
| 3820 | { |
| 3821 | error = TRUE; |
| 3822 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3823 | (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with " |
| 3824 | "modules compiled normally"), ibfd); |
| 3825 | } |
| 3826 | else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0 |
| 3827 | && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0) |
| 3828 | { |
| 3829 | error = TRUE; |
| 3830 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3831 | (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with " |
| 3832 | "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd); |
| 3833 | } |
| 3834 | |
| 3835 | /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */ |
| 3836 | if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) |
| 3837 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB; |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 | /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib, |
| 3840 | but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */ |
| 3841 | if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB) |
| 3842 | && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)) |
| 3843 | && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))) |
| 3844 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE; |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 | /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if |
| 3847 | any module uses it. */ |
| 3848 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB); |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 | new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); |
| 3851 | old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 | /* Warn about any other mismatches. */ |
| 3854 | if (new_flags != old_flags) |
| 3855 | { |
| 3856 | error = TRUE; |
| 3857 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3858 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3859 | (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields " |
| 3860 | "than previous modules (%#x)"), |
| 3861 | ibfd, new_flags, old_flags); |
| 3862 | } |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 | if (error) |
| 3865 | { |
| 3866 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3867 | return FALSE; |
| 3868 | } |
| 3869 | } |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | return TRUE; |
| 3872 | } |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 | static void |
| 3875 | ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd, |
| 3876 | asection *input_section, |
| 3877 | unsigned long offset, |
| 3878 | bfd_byte *loc, |
| 3879 | bfd_vma value, |
| 3880 | split16_format_type split16_format, |
| 3881 | bfd_boolean fixup) |
| 3882 | { |
| 3883 | unsigned int insn, opcode; |
| 3884 | |
| 3885 | insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc); |
| 3886 | opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK; |
| 3887 | if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN |
| 3888 | || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN |
| 3889 | || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN |
| 3890 | || opcode == E_LIS_INSN |
| 3891 | || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN) |
| 3892 | { |
| 3893 | if (split16_format != split16a_type) |
| 3894 | { |
| 3895 | if (fixup) |
| 3896 | split16_format = split16a_type; |
| 3897 | else |
| 3898 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3899 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3900 | (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"), |
| 3901 | input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode); |
| 3902 | } |
| 3903 | } |
| 3904 | else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN |
| 3905 | || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN |
| 3906 | || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN |
| 3907 | || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN |
| 3908 | || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN |
| 3909 | || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN |
| 3910 | || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN) |
| 3911 | { |
| 3912 | if (split16_format != split16d_type) |
| 3913 | { |
| 3914 | if (fixup) |
| 3915 | split16_format = split16d_type; |
| 3916 | else |
| 3917 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3918 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3919 | (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"), |
| 3920 | input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode); |
| 3921 | } |
| 3922 | } |
| 3923 | if (split16_format == split16a_type) |
| 3924 | { |
| 3925 | insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff); |
| 3926 | insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5; |
| 3927 | if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN) |
| 3928 | { |
| 3929 | /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */ |
| 3930 | insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5); |
| 3931 | insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5; |
| 3932 | } |
| 3933 | } |
| 3934 | else |
| 3935 | { |
| 3936 | insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff); |
| 3937 | insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10; |
| 3938 | } |
| 3939 | insn |= value & 0x7ff; |
| 3940 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc); |
| 3941 | } |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 | static void |
| 3944 | ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value) |
| 3945 | { |
| 3946 | unsigned int insn; |
| 3947 | |
| 3948 | insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc); |
| 3949 | /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */ |
| 3950 | /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */ |
| 3951 | insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5; |
| 3952 | /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */ |
| 3953 | insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5; |
| 3954 | /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */ |
| 3955 | insn |= value & 0x7ff; |
| 3956 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc); |
| 3957 | } |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | \f |
| 3960 | /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately. |
| 3961 | Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */ |
| 3962 | int |
| 3963 | ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 3964 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3965 | { |
| 3966 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 3967 | flagword flags; |
| 3968 | |
| 3969 | htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) |
| 3972 | { |
| 3973 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 3974 | |
| 3975 | if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD) |
| 3976 | htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; |
| 3977 | else if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 3978 | && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 3979 | && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount", |
| 3980 | FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) != NULL |
| 3981 | && (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| 3982 | || h->needs_plt) |
| 3983 | && h->ref_regular |
| 3984 | && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) |
| 3985 | || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))) |
| 3986 | { |
| 3987 | /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with |
| 3988 | secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a |
| 3989 | function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs |
| 3990 | r30 to be set up. */ |
| 3991 | htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; |
| 3992 | } |
| 3993 | else |
| 3994 | { |
| 3995 | bfd *ibfd; |
| 3996 | enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style; |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 | /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs. |
| 3999 | Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls |
| 4000 | without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given |
| 4001 | --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */ |
| 4002 | if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET) |
| 4003 | plt_type = PLT_OLD; |
| 4004 | for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| 4005 | if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) |
| 4006 | { |
| 4007 | if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16) |
| 4008 | plt_type = PLT_NEW; |
| 4009 | else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call) |
| 4010 | { |
| 4011 | plt_type = PLT_OLD; |
| 4012 | htab->old_bfd = ibfd; |
| 4013 | break; |
| 4014 | } |
| 4015 | } |
| 4016 | htab->plt_type = plt_type; |
| 4017 | } |
| 4018 | } |
| 4019 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW) |
| 4020 | { |
| 4021 | if (htab->old_bfd != NULL) |
| 4022 | _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd); |
| 4023 | else |
| 4024 | _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling")); |
| 4025 | } |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 | BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS); |
| 4028 | |
| 4029 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) |
| 4030 | { |
| 4031 | flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS |
| 4032 | | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 4033 | |
| 4034 | /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */ |
| 4035 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL |
| 4036 | && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags)) |
| 4037 | return -1; |
| 4038 | |
| 4039 | /* The new GOT is not executable. */ |
| 4040 | if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL |
| 4041 | && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags)) |
| 4042 | return -1; |
| 4043 | } |
| 4044 | else |
| 4045 | { |
| 4046 | /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */ |
| 4047 | if (htab->glink != NULL |
| 4048 | && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0)) |
| 4049 | return -1; |
| 4050 | } |
| 4051 | return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW; |
| 4052 | } |
| 4053 | \f |
| 4054 | /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given |
| 4055 | relocation. */ |
| 4056 | |
| 4057 | static asection * |
| 4058 | ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, |
| 4059 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 4060 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 4061 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 4062 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| 4063 | { |
| 4064 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4065 | switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) |
| 4066 | { |
| 4067 | case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 4068 | case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 4069 | return NULL; |
| 4070 | } |
| 4071 | |
| 4072 | return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); |
| 4073 | } |
| 4074 | |
| 4075 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4076 | get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp, |
| 4077 | Elf_Internal_Sym **symp, |
| 4078 | asection **symsecp, |
| 4079 | unsigned char **tls_maskp, |
| 4080 | Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp, |
| 4081 | unsigned long r_symndx, |
| 4082 | bfd *ibfd) |
| 4083 | { |
| 4084 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| 4085 | |
| 4086 | if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 4087 | { |
| 4088 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); |
| 4089 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 4092 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 4093 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 4094 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 | if (hp != NULL) |
| 4097 | *hp = h; |
| 4098 | |
| 4099 | if (symp != NULL) |
| 4100 | *symp = NULL; |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 | if (symsecp != NULL) |
| 4103 | { |
| 4104 | asection *symsec = NULL; |
| 4105 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 4106 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 4107 | symsec = h->root.u.def.section; |
| 4108 | *symsecp = symsec; |
| 4109 | } |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 | if (tls_maskp != NULL) |
| 4112 | *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; |
| 4113 | } |
| 4114 | else |
| 4115 | { |
| 4116 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 4117 | Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp; |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 | if (locsyms == NULL) |
| 4120 | { |
| 4121 | locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; |
| 4122 | if (locsyms == NULL) |
| 4123 | locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, |
| 4124 | symtab_hdr->sh_info, |
| 4125 | 0, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| 4126 | if (locsyms == NULL) |
| 4127 | return FALSE; |
| 4128 | *locsymsp = locsyms; |
| 4129 | } |
| 4130 | sym = locsyms + r_symndx; |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | if (hp != NULL) |
| 4133 | *hp = NULL; |
| 4134 | |
| 4135 | if (symp != NULL) |
| 4136 | *symp = sym; |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 | if (symsecp != NULL) |
| 4139 | *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx); |
| 4140 | |
| 4141 | if (tls_maskp != NULL) |
| 4142 | { |
| 4143 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got; |
| 4144 | unsigned char *tls_mask; |
| 4145 | |
| 4146 | tls_mask = NULL; |
| 4147 | local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); |
| 4148 | if (local_got != NULL) |
| 4149 | { |
| 4150 | struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) |
| 4151 | (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 4152 | unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) |
| 4153 | (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 4154 | tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; |
| 4155 | } |
| 4156 | *tls_maskp = tls_mask; |
| 4157 | } |
| 4158 | } |
| 4159 | return TRUE; |
| 4160 | } |
| 4161 | \f |
| 4162 | /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally |
| 4163 | defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */ |
| 4164 | |
| 4165 | bfd_boolean |
| 4166 | ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 4167 | { |
| 4168 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 4169 | bfd *ibfd; |
| 4170 | asection *sec; |
| 4171 | bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit; |
| 4172 | |
| 4173 | htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 4174 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 4175 | return FALSE; |
| 4176 | |
| 4177 | /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is |
| 4178 | reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added |
| 4179 | between the call and its destination. */ |
| 4180 | limit = 0x1e00000; |
| 4181 | low_vma = -1; |
| 4182 | high_vma = 0; |
| 4183 | for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| 4184 | if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) |
| 4185 | { |
| 4186 | if (low_vma > sec->vma) |
| 4187 | low_vma = sec->vma; |
| 4188 | if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size) |
| 4189 | high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size; |
| 4190 | } |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 | /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can |
| 4193 | convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol |
| 4194 | is local. */ |
| 4195 | if (high_vma - low_vma < limit) |
| 4196 | { |
| 4197 | htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1; |
| 4198 | return TRUE; |
| 4199 | } |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 | /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct |
| 4202 | call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable |
| 4203 | the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that |
| 4204 | this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this |
| 4205 | will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a |
| 4206 | particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The |
| 4207 | difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the |
| 4208 | linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a |
| 4209 | particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct |
| 4210 | call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in |
| 4211 | the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs |
| 4212 | together except their symbol. */ |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 | for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| 4215 | { |
| 4216 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 4217 | Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 | if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) |
| 4220 | continue; |
| 4221 | |
| 4222 | local_syms = NULL; |
| 4223 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| 4224 | |
| 4225 | for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| 4226 | if (sec->has_pltcall |
| 4227 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) |
| 4228 | { |
| 4229 | Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 | /* Read the relocations. */ |
| 4232 | relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, |
| 4233 | info->keep_memory); |
| 4234 | if (relstart == NULL) |
| 4235 | return FALSE; |
| 4236 | |
| 4237 | relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; |
| 4238 | for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; ) |
| 4239 | { |
| 4240 | enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; |
| 4241 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 4242 | asection *sym_sec; |
| 4243 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 4244 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 4245 | unsigned char *tls_maskp; |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 4248 | if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL) |
| 4249 | continue; |
| 4250 | |
| 4251 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 4252 | if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms, |
| 4253 | r_symndx, ibfd)) |
| 4254 | { |
| 4255 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| 4256 | free (relstart); |
| 4257 | if (local_syms != NULL |
| 4258 | && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| 4259 | free (local_syms); |
| 4260 | return FALSE; |
| 4261 | } |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 | if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) |
| 4264 | { |
| 4265 | bfd_vma from, to; |
| 4266 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4267 | to = h->root.u.def.value; |
| 4268 | else |
| 4269 | to = sym->st_value; |
| 4270 | to += (rel->r_addend |
| 4271 | + sym_sec->output_offset |
| 4272 | + sym_sec->output_section->vma); |
| 4273 | from = (rel->r_offset |
| 4274 | + sec->output_offset |
| 4275 | + sec->output_section->vma); |
| 4276 | if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit) |
| 4277 | *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP; |
| 4278 | } |
| 4279 | } |
| 4280 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| 4281 | free (relstart); |
| 4282 | } |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 | if (local_syms != NULL |
| 4285 | && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| 4286 | { |
| 4287 | if (!info->keep_memory) |
| 4288 | free (local_syms); |
| 4289 | else |
| 4290 | symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; |
| 4291 | } |
| 4292 | } |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 | return TRUE; |
| 4295 | } |
| 4296 | |
| 4297 | /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the |
| 4298 | generic ELF tls_setup function. */ |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 | asection * |
| 4301 | ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 4302 | { |
| 4303 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 | htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 4306 | htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", |
| 4307 | FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 4308 | if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) |
| 4309 | htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE; |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 | if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt) |
| 4312 | { |
| 4313 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga; |
| 4314 | opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt", |
| 4315 | FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 4316 | if (opt != NULL |
| 4317 | && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 4318 | || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) |
| 4319 | { |
| 4320 | /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub, |
| 4321 | signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll |
| 4322 | be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then |
| 4323 | make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */ |
| 4324 | tga = htab->tls_get_addr; |
| 4325 | if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 4326 | && tga != NULL |
| 4327 | && (tga->type == STT_FUNC |
| 4328 | || tga->needs_plt) |
| 4329 | && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga) |
| 4330 | || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga))) |
| 4331 | { |
| 4332 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 4333 | for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| 4334 | if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) |
| 4335 | break; |
| 4336 | if (ent != NULL) |
| 4337 | { |
| 4338 | tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect; |
| 4339 | tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root; |
| 4340 | ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga); |
| 4341 | opt->mark = 1; |
| 4342 | if (opt->dynindx != -1) |
| 4343 | { |
| 4344 | /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */ |
| 4345 | opt->dynindx = -1; |
| 4346 | _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, |
| 4347 | opt->dynstr_index); |
| 4348 | if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt)) |
| 4349 | return FALSE; |
| 4350 | } |
| 4351 | htab->tls_get_addr = opt; |
| 4352 | } |
| 4353 | } |
| 4354 | } |
| 4355 | else |
| 4356 | htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE; |
| 4357 | } |
| 4358 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW |
| 4359 | && htab->elf.splt != NULL |
| 4360 | && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL) |
| 4361 | { |
| 4362 | elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS; |
| 4363 | elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE; |
| 4364 | } |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 | return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info); |
| 4367 | } |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 | /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching |
| 4370 | HASH. */ |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4373 | branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd, |
| 4374 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 4375 | const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash) |
| 4376 | { |
| 4377 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| 4378 | enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 4379 | unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 4380 | |
| 4381 | if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) |
| 4382 | { |
| 4383 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); |
| 4384 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 4385 | |
| 4386 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 4387 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 4388 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 4389 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 4390 | if (h == hash) |
| 4391 | return TRUE; |
| 4392 | } |
| 4393 | return FALSE; |
| 4394 | } |
| 4395 | |
| 4396 | /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization |
| 4397 | opportunities. */ |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 | bfd_boolean |
| 4400 | ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 4401 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 4402 | { |
| 4403 | bfd *ibfd; |
| 4404 | asection *sec; |
| 4405 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 4406 | int pass; |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 4409 | return TRUE; |
| 4410 | |
| 4411 | htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 4412 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 4413 | return FALSE; |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 | /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls |
| 4416 | relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed |
| 4417 | followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls |
| 4418 | optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to |
| 4419 | notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and |
| 4420 | adjust got and plt refcounts. */ |
| 4421 | for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) |
| 4422 | for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| 4423 | { |
| 4424 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| 4425 | asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2"); |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 | for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| 4428 | if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) |
| 4429 | { |
| 4430 | Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; |
| 4431 | int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; |
| 4432 | |
| 4433 | /* Read the relocations. */ |
| 4434 | relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, |
| 4435 | info->keep_memory); |
| 4436 | if (relstart == NULL) |
| 4437 | return FALSE; |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 | relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; |
| 4440 | for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++) |
| 4441 | { |
| 4442 | enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; |
| 4443 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 4444 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; |
| 4445 | unsigned char *tls_mask; |
| 4446 | unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear; |
| 4447 | bfd_boolean is_local; |
| 4448 | bfd_signed_vma *got_count; |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 4451 | if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 4452 | { |
| 4453 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 4454 | |
| 4455 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); |
| 4456 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 4457 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 4458 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 4459 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 4460 | } |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 | is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h); |
| 4463 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 4464 | /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls |
| 4465 | without marker relocs, then check that each |
| 4466 | __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc |
| 4467 | that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg |
| 4468 | setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup |
| 4469 | relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */ |
| 4470 | if (pass == 0 |
| 4471 | && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr |
| 4472 | && h != NULL |
| 4473 | && h == htab->tls_get_addr |
| 4474 | && !expecting_tls_get_addr |
| 4475 | && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) |
| 4476 | { |
| 4477 | info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, " |
| 4478 | "TLS optimization disabled\n", |
| 4479 | ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); |
| 4480 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| 4481 | free (relstart); |
| 4482 | return TRUE; |
| 4483 | } |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 | expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; |
| 4486 | switch (r_type) |
| 4487 | { |
| 4488 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: |
| 4489 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: |
| 4490 | expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; |
| 4491 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 4492 | |
| 4493 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: |
| 4494 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: |
| 4495 | /* These relocs should never be against a symbol |
| 4496 | defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if |
| 4497 | that turns out to be the case. */ |
| 4498 | if (!is_local) |
| 4499 | continue; |
| 4500 | |
| 4501 | /* LD -> LE */ |
| 4502 | tls_set = 0; |
| 4503 | tls_clear = TLS_LD; |
| 4504 | break; |
| 4505 | |
| 4506 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: |
| 4507 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: |
| 4508 | expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; |
| 4509 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: |
| 4512 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: |
| 4513 | if (is_local) |
| 4514 | /* GD -> LE */ |
| 4515 | tls_set = 0; |
| 4516 | else |
| 4517 | /* GD -> IE */ |
| 4518 | tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE; |
| 4519 | tls_clear = TLS_GD; |
| 4520 | break; |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: |
| 4523 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: |
| 4524 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: |
| 4525 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: |
| 4526 | if (is_local) |
| 4527 | { |
| 4528 | /* IE -> LE */ |
| 4529 | tls_set = 0; |
| 4530 | tls_clear = TLS_TPREL; |
| 4531 | break; |
| 4532 | } |
| 4533 | else |
| 4534 | continue; |
| 4535 | |
| 4536 | case R_PPC_TLSLD: |
| 4537 | if (!is_local) |
| 4538 | continue; |
| 4539 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 4540 | case R_PPC_TLSGD: |
| 4541 | if (rel + 1 < relend |
| 4542 | && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) |
| 4543 | { |
| 4544 | if (pass != 0 |
| 4545 | && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ) |
| 4546 | { |
| 4547 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info); |
| 4548 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info); |
| 4549 | if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 4550 | { |
| 4551 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); |
| 4554 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 4555 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 4556 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 4557 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 4558 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4559 | { |
| 4560 | struct plt_entry *ent = NULL; |
| 4561 | bfd_vma addend = 0; |
| 4562 | |
| 4563 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4564 | addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 4565 | ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, |
| 4566 | got2, addend); |
| 4567 | if (ent != NULL |
| 4568 | && ent->plt.refcount > 0) |
| 4569 | ent->plt.refcount -= 1; |
| 4570 | } |
| 4571 | } |
| 4572 | } |
| 4573 | continue; |
| 4574 | } |
| 4575 | expecting_tls_get_addr = 2; |
| 4576 | tls_set = 0; |
| 4577 | tls_clear = 0; |
| 4578 | break; |
| 4579 | |
| 4580 | default: |
| 4581 | continue; |
| 4582 | } |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 | if (pass == 0) |
| 4585 | { |
| 4586 | if (!expecting_tls_get_addr |
| 4587 | || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr) |
| 4588 | continue; |
| 4589 | |
| 4590 | if (rel + 1 < relend |
| 4591 | && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1, |
| 4592 | htab->tls_get_addr)) |
| 4593 | continue; |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 | /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We |
| 4596 | could just mark this symbol to exclude it |
| 4597 | from tls optimization but it's safer to skip |
| 4598 | the entire optimization. */ |
| 4599 | info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, " |
| 4600 | "TLS optimization disabled\n"), |
| 4601 | ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); |
| 4602 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| 4603 | free (relstart); |
| 4604 | return TRUE; |
| 4605 | } |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4608 | { |
| 4609 | tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; |
| 4610 | got_count = &h->got.refcount; |
| 4611 | } |
| 4612 | else |
| 4613 | { |
| 4614 | bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs; |
| 4615 | struct plt_entry **local_plt; |
| 4616 | unsigned char *lgot_masks; |
| 4617 | |
| 4618 | lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); |
| 4619 | if (lgot_refs == NULL) |
| 4620 | abort (); |
| 4621 | local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) |
| 4622 | (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 4623 | lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) |
| 4624 | (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 4625 | tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; |
| 4626 | got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx]; |
| 4627 | } |
| 4628 | |
| 4629 | /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls |
| 4630 | without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't |
| 4631 | found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a |
| 4632 | marker for this symbol, then we either have a |
| 4633 | broken object file or an -mlongcall style |
| 4634 | indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker. |
| 4635 | Disable optimization in this case. */ |
| 4636 | if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0 |
| 4637 | && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr |
| 4638 | && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) |
| 4639 | != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))) |
| 4640 | continue; |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 | if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr) |
| 4643 | { |
| 4644 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 4645 | bfd_vma addend = 0; |
| 4646 | |
| 4647 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 4648 | && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24 |
| 4649 | || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL)) |
| 4650 | addend = rel[1].r_addend; |
| 4651 | ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist, |
| 4652 | got2, addend); |
| 4653 | if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0) |
| 4654 | ent->plt.refcount -= 1; |
| 4655 | } |
| 4656 | if (tls_clear == 0) |
| 4657 | continue; |
| 4658 | |
| 4659 | if (tls_set == 0) |
| 4660 | { |
| 4661 | /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */ |
| 4662 | if (*got_count > 0) |
| 4663 | *got_count -= 1; |
| 4664 | } |
| 4665 | |
| 4666 | *tls_mask |= tls_set; |
| 4667 | *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear; |
| 4668 | } |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| 4671 | free (relstart); |
| 4672 | } |
| 4673 | } |
| 4674 | htab->do_tls_opt = 1; |
| 4675 | return TRUE; |
| 4676 | } |
| 4677 | \f |
| 4678 | /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */ |
| 4679 | |
| 4680 | static asection * |
| 4681 | readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 4682 | { |
| 4683 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 4684 | |
| 4685 | for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 4686 | { |
| 4687 | asection *s = p->sec->output_section; |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| 4690 | return p->sec; |
| 4691 | } |
| 4692 | return NULL; |
| 4693 | } |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 | /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak |
| 4696 | aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after |
| 4697 | size_dynamic_sections. */ |
| 4698 | |
| 4699 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4700 | alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 4701 | { |
| 4702 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); |
| 4703 | do |
| 4704 | { |
| 4705 | if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf)) |
| 4706 | return TRUE; |
| 4707 | eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias); |
| 4708 | } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h); |
| 4709 | |
| 4710 | return FALSE; |
| 4711 | } |
| 4712 | |
| 4713 | /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */ |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4716 | pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 4717 | { |
| 4718 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 4719 | |
| 4720 | for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 4721 | if (p->pc_count != 0) |
| 4722 | return TRUE; |
| 4723 | return FALSE; |
| 4724 | } |
| 4725 | |
| 4726 | /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a |
| 4727 | regular object. The current definition is in some section of the |
| 4728 | dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to |
| 4729 | change the definition to something the rest of the link can |
| 4730 | understand. */ |
| 4731 | |
| 4732 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4733 | ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 4734 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 4735 | { |
| 4736 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 4737 | asection *s; |
| 4738 | |
| 4739 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 4740 | fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n", |
| 4741 | h->root.root.string); |
| 4742 | #endif |
| 4743 | |
| 4744 | /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ |
| 4745 | htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 4746 | BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL |
| 4747 | && (h->needs_plt |
| 4748 | || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 4749 | || h->is_weakalias |
| 4750 | || (h->def_dynamic |
| 4751 | && h->ref_regular |
| 4752 | && !h->def_regular))); |
| 4753 | |
| 4754 | /* Deal with function syms. */ |
| 4755 | if (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| 4756 | || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 4757 | || h->needs_plt) |
| 4758 | { |
| 4759 | bfd_boolean local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) |
| 4760 | || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)); |
| 4761 | /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a |
| 4762 | function symbol is local. */ |
| 4763 | if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local) |
| 4764 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 | /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that |
| 4767 | won't need a .plt entry. */ |
| 4768 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 4769 | for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| 4770 | if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) |
| 4771 | break; |
| 4772 | if (ent == NULL |
| 4773 | || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 4774 | && local |
| 4775 | && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt |
| 4776 | || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |
| 4777 | & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP))) |
| 4778 | { |
| 4779 | /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when: |
| 4780 | |
| 4781 | 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry |
| 4782 | can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case, |
| 4783 | ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called. |
| 4784 | |
| 4785 | 2. GC has rendered the entry unused. |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 | 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol |
| 4788 | will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */ |
| 4789 | h->plt.plist = NULL; |
| 4790 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 4791 | h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; |
| 4792 | } |
| 4793 | else |
| 4794 | { |
| 4795 | /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section |
| 4796 | doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the |
| 4797 | executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can |
| 4798 | be used instead, giving better runtime performance. |
| 4799 | (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce |
| 4800 | through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic |
| 4801 | reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the |
| 4802 | resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather |
| 4803 | than link time. */ |
| 4804 | if ((h->pointer_equality_needed |
| 4805 | || (h->non_got_ref |
| 4806 | && !h->ref_regular_nonweak |
| 4807 | && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))) |
| 4808 | && !htab->is_vxworks |
| 4809 | && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs |
| 4810 | && !readonly_dynrelocs (h)) |
| 4811 | { |
| 4812 | h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; |
| 4813 | /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol |
| 4814 | isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */ |
| 4815 | if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 4816 | h->plt.plist = NULL; |
| 4817 | } |
| 4818 | else if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4819 | /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the |
| 4820 | plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */ |
| 4821 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 4822 | } |
| 4823 | h->protected_def = 0; |
| 4824 | /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */ |
| 4825 | return TRUE; |
| 4826 | } |
| 4827 | else |
| 4828 | h->plt.plist = NULL; |
| 4829 | |
| 4830 | /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the |
| 4831 | processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the |
| 4832 | real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ |
| 4833 | if (h->is_weakalias) |
| 4834 | { |
| 4835 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h); |
| 4836 | BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined); |
| 4837 | h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section; |
| 4838 | h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value; |
| 4839 | if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss |
| 4840 | || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro |
| 4841 | || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss) |
| 4842 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 4843 | return TRUE; |
| 4844 | } |
| 4845 | |
| 4846 | /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which |
| 4847 | is not a function. */ |
| 4848 | |
| 4849 | /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the |
| 4850 | only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. |
| 4851 | For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will |
| 4852 | be handled correctly by relocate_section. */ |
| 4853 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4854 | { |
| 4855 | h->protected_def = 0; |
| 4856 | return TRUE; |
| 4857 | } |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 | /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the |
| 4860 | GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */ |
| 4861 | if (!h->non_got_ref) |
| 4862 | { |
| 4863 | h->protected_def = 0; |
| 4864 | return TRUE; |
| 4865 | } |
| 4866 | |
| 4867 | /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in |
| 4868 | .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected |
| 4869 | definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations |
| 4870 | are preferable to an incorrect program. */ |
| 4871 | if (h->protected_def) |
| 4872 | { |
| 4873 | if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 4874 | && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha |
| 4875 | && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo |
| 4876 | && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0 |
| 4877 | && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1) |
| 4878 | htab->params->pic_fixup = 1; |
| 4879 | return TRUE; |
| 4880 | } |
| 4881 | |
| 4882 | /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */ |
| 4883 | if (info->nocopyreloc) |
| 4884 | return TRUE; |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then |
| 4887 | we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. |
| 4888 | We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This |
| 4889 | doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic |
| 4890 | relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an |
| 4891 | executable. */ |
| 4892 | if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 4893 | && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs |
| 4894 | && !htab->is_vxworks |
| 4895 | && !h->def_regular |
| 4896 | && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h)) |
| 4897 | return TRUE; |
| 4898 | |
| 4899 | /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will |
| 4900 | become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be |
| 4901 | an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic |
| 4902 | object will contain position independent code, so all references |
| 4903 | from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global |
| 4904 | offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to |
| 4905 | determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so |
| 4906 | both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the |
| 4907 | same memory location for the variable. |
| 4908 | |
| 4909 | Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we |
| 4910 | must instead allocate it in .sbss. */ |
| 4911 | if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) |
| 4912 | s = htab->dynsbss; |
| 4913 | else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| 4914 | s = htab->elf.sdynrelro; |
| 4915 | else |
| 4916 | s = htab->elf.sdynbss; |
| 4917 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 4918 | |
| 4919 | if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0) |
| 4920 | { |
| 4921 | asection *srel; |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic |
| 4924 | linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object |
| 4925 | and into the runtime process image. */ |
| 4926 | if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) |
| 4927 | srel = htab->relsbss; |
| 4928 | else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| 4929 | srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; |
| 4930 | else |
| 4931 | srel = htab->elf.srelbss; |
| 4932 | BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL); |
| 4933 | srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 4934 | h->needs_copy = 1; |
| 4935 | } |
| 4936 | |
| 4937 | /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */ |
| 4938 | ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 4939 | return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s); |
| 4940 | } |
| 4941 | \f |
| 4942 | /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is |
| 4943 | xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0, |
| 4944 | specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym |
| 4945 | is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC |
| 4946 | xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */ |
| 4947 | |
| 4948 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4949 | add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent, |
| 4950 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 4951 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 4952 | { |
| 4953 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; |
| 4954 | size_t len1, len2, len3; |
| 4955 | char *name; |
| 4956 | const char *stub; |
| 4957 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 4958 | |
| 4959 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4960 | stub = ".plt_pic32."; |
| 4961 | else |
| 4962 | stub = ".plt_call32."; |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 | len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string); |
| 4965 | len2 = strlen (stub); |
| 4966 | len3 = 0; |
| 4967 | if (ent->sec) |
| 4968 | len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name); |
| 4969 | name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9); |
| 4970 | if (name == NULL) |
| 4971 | return FALSE; |
| 4972 | sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff); |
| 4973 | if (ent->sec) |
| 4974 | memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3); |
| 4975 | memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2); |
| 4976 | memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1); |
| 4977 | sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 4978 | if (sh == NULL) |
| 4979 | return FALSE; |
| 4980 | if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) |
| 4981 | { |
| 4982 | sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| 4983 | sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; |
| 4984 | sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset; |
| 4985 | sh->ref_regular = 1; |
| 4986 | sh->def_regular = 1; |
| 4987 | sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; |
| 4988 | sh->forced_local = 1; |
| 4989 | sh->non_elf = 0; |
| 4990 | sh->root.linker_def = 1; |
| 4991 | } |
| 4992 | return TRUE; |
| 4993 | } |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 | /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset. |
| 4996 | Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */ |
| 4997 | |
| 4998 | static bfd_vma |
| 4999 | allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need) |
| 5000 | { |
| 5001 | bfd_vma where; |
| 5002 | unsigned int max_before_header; |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) |
| 5005 | { |
| 5006 | where = htab->elf.sgot->size; |
| 5007 | htab->elf.sgot->size += need; |
| 5008 | } |
| 5009 | else |
| 5010 | { |
| 5011 | max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764; |
| 5012 | if (need <= htab->got_gap) |
| 5013 | { |
| 5014 | where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap; |
| 5015 | htab->got_gap -= need; |
| 5016 | } |
| 5017 | else |
| 5018 | { |
| 5019 | if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header |
| 5020 | && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header) |
| 5021 | { |
| 5022 | htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size; |
| 5023 | htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size; |
| 5024 | } |
| 5025 | where = htab->elf.sgot->size; |
| 5026 | htab->elf.sgot->size += need; |
| 5027 | } |
| 5028 | } |
| 5029 | return where; |
| 5030 | } |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 | /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK. |
| 5033 | TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */ |
| 5034 | |
| 5035 | static inline unsigned int |
| 5036 | got_entries_needed (int tls_mask) |
| 5037 | { |
| 5038 | unsigned int need; |
| 5039 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0) |
| 5040 | need = 4; |
| 5041 | else |
| 5042 | { |
| 5043 | need = 0; |
| 5044 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) |
| 5045 | need += 8; |
| 5046 | if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0) |
| 5047 | need += 4; |
| 5048 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) |
| 5049 | need += 4; |
| 5050 | } |
| 5051 | return need; |
| 5052 | } |
| 5053 | |
| 5054 | /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */ |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5057 | ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 5058 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 5059 | { |
| 5060 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); |
| 5061 | |
| 5062 | if (htab->dynamic_sections_created |
| 5063 | && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0 |
| 5064 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 5065 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) |
| 5066 | && h->dynindx == -1 |
| 5067 | && !h->forced_local |
| 5068 | && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT) |
| 5069 | return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h); |
| 5070 | return TRUE; |
| 5071 | } |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 | /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */ |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5076 | allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| 5077 | { |
| 5078 | struct bfd_link_info *info = inf; |
| 5079 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 5080 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 5081 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 5082 | bfd_boolean dyn; |
| 5083 | |
| 5084 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| 5085 | return TRUE; |
| 5086 | |
| 5087 | htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 5088 | eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 5089 | if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0 |
| 5090 | || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 5091 | && !eh->elf.def_regular |
| 5092 | && eh->elf.protected_def |
| 5093 | && eh->has_addr16_ha |
| 5094 | && eh->has_addr16_lo |
| 5095 | && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)) |
| 5096 | { |
| 5097 | unsigned int need; |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ |
| 5100 | if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf)) |
| 5101 | return FALSE; |
| 5102 | |
| 5103 | need = 0; |
| 5104 | if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) |
| 5105 | { |
| 5106 | if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)) |
| 5107 | /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should |
| 5108 | always be the case. It's a little odd if we have |
| 5109 | a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */ |
| 5110 | htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; |
| 5111 | else |
| 5112 | need += 8; |
| 5113 | } |
| 5114 | need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask); |
| 5115 | if (need == 0) |
| 5116 | eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 5117 | else |
| 5118 | { |
| 5119 | eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need); |
| 5120 | if (((bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 5121 | && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| 5122 | && bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 5123 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))) |
| 5124 | || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 5125 | && eh->elf.dynindx != -1 |
| 5126 | && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))) |
| 5127 | && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf)) |
| 5128 | { |
| 5129 | asection *rsec; |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 | need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4; |
| 5132 | if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) |
| 5133 | need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5134 | rsec = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 5135 | if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 5136 | rsec = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 5137 | rsec->size += need; |
| 5138 | } |
| 5139 | } |
| 5140 | } |
| 5141 | else |
| 5142 | eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 | /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for |
| 5145 | IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */ |
| 5146 | if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 5147 | && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 5148 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 | /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */ |
| 5151 | else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined |
| 5152 | && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) |
| 5153 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 5154 | |
| 5155 | /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default |
| 5156 | visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */ |
| 5157 | else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) |
| 5158 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 | if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL) |
| 5161 | ; |
| 5162 | |
| 5163 | /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for |
| 5164 | dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be |
| 5165 | defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard |
| 5166 | space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility |
| 5167 | changes. */ |
| 5168 | else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5169 | { |
| 5170 | /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn, |
| 5171 | or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be |
| 5172 | generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to |
| 5173 | resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt. |
| 5174 | If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected |
| 5175 | then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */ |
| 5176 | if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 5177 | { |
| 5178 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 5179 | |
| 5180 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 5181 | { |
| 5182 | p->count -= p->pc_count; |
| 5183 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 5184 | if (p->count == 0) |
| 5185 | *pp = p->next; |
| 5186 | else |
| 5187 | pp = &p->next; |
| 5188 | } |
| 5189 | } |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 | if (htab->is_vxworks) |
| 5192 | { |
| 5193 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 5194 | |
| 5195 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 5196 | { |
| 5197 | if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) |
| 5198 | *pp = p->next; |
| 5199 | else |
| 5200 | pp = &p->next; |
| 5201 | } |
| 5202 | } |
| 5203 | |
| 5204 | if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| 5205 | { |
| 5206 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ |
| 5207 | if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) |
| 5208 | return FALSE; |
| 5209 | } |
| 5210 | } |
| 5211 | else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS) |
| 5212 | { |
| 5213 | /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against |
| 5214 | symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not |
| 5215 | dynamic. */ |
| 5216 | if (h->dynamic_adjusted |
| 5217 | && !h->def_regular |
| 5218 | && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h) |
| 5219 | && !(h->protected_def |
| 5220 | && eh->has_addr16_ha |
| 5221 | && eh->has_addr16_lo |
| 5222 | && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)) |
| 5223 | { |
| 5224 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ |
| 5225 | if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) |
| 5226 | return FALSE; |
| 5227 | |
| 5228 | if (h->dynindx == -1) |
| 5229 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 5230 | } |
| 5231 | else |
| 5232 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 5233 | } |
| 5234 | |
| 5235 | /* Allocate space. */ |
| 5236 | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 5237 | { |
| 5238 | asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
| 5239 | if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 5240 | sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 5241 | sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5242 | } |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 | /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled. |
| 5245 | We might need a PLT entry when the symbol |
| 5246 | a) is dynamic, or |
| 5247 | b) is an ifunc, or |
| 5248 | c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or |
| 5249 | d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */ |
| 5250 | dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1; |
| 5251 | if (dyn |
| 5252 | || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 5253 | || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted) |
| 5254 | || (h->needs_plt |
| 5255 | && h->def_regular |
| 5256 | && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 5257 | && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt |
| 5258 | && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |
| 5259 | & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP)) |
| 5260 | { |
| 5261 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 5262 | bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE; |
| 5263 | bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 | for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| 5266 | if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) |
| 5267 | { |
| 5268 | asection *s = htab->elf.splt; |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 | if (!dyn) |
| 5271 | { |
| 5272 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 5273 | s = htab->elf.iplt; |
| 5274 | else |
| 5275 | s = htab->pltlocal; |
| 5276 | } |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn) |
| 5279 | { |
| 5280 | if (!doneone) |
| 5281 | { |
| 5282 | plt_offset = s->size; |
| 5283 | s->size += 4; |
| 5284 | } |
| 5285 | ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; |
| 5286 | |
| 5287 | if (s == htab->pltlocal) |
| 5288 | ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; |
| 5289 | else |
| 5290 | { |
| 5291 | s = htab->glink; |
| 5292 | if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5293 | { |
| 5294 | glink_offset = s->size; |
| 5295 | s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h); |
| 5296 | } |
| 5297 | if (!doneone |
| 5298 | && !bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 5299 | && h->def_dynamic |
| 5300 | && !h->def_regular) |
| 5301 | { |
| 5302 | h->root.u.def.section = s; |
| 5303 | h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset; |
| 5304 | } |
| 5305 | ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 | if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms |
| 5308 | && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info)) |
| 5309 | return FALSE; |
| 5310 | } |
| 5311 | } |
| 5312 | else |
| 5313 | { |
| 5314 | if (!doneone) |
| 5315 | { |
| 5316 | /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room |
| 5317 | for the special first entry. */ |
| 5318 | if (s->size == 0) |
| 5319 | s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size; |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 | /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two |
| 5322 | parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load |
| 5323 | and a jump), and then there is a remaining |
| 5324 | word available at the end. */ |
| 5325 | plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size |
| 5326 | + (htab->plt_slot_size |
| 5327 | * ((s->size |
| 5328 | - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) |
| 5329 | / htab->plt_entry_size))); |
| 5330 | |
| 5331 | /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular |
| 5332 | file, and we are not generating a shared |
| 5333 | library, then set the symbol to this location |
| 5334 | in the .plt. This is to avoid text |
| 5335 | relocations, and is required to make |
| 5336 | function pointers compare as equal between |
| 5337 | the normal executable and the shared library. */ |
| 5338 | if (! bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 5339 | && h->def_dynamic |
| 5340 | && !h->def_regular) |
| 5341 | { |
| 5342 | h->root.u.def.section = s; |
| 5343 | h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset; |
| 5344 | } |
| 5345 | |
| 5346 | /* Make room for this entry. */ |
| 5347 | s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; |
| 5348 | /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries |
| 5349 | is allocated. */ |
| 5350 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD |
| 5351 | && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) |
| 5352 | / htab->plt_entry_size |
| 5353 | > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) |
| 5354 | s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; |
| 5355 | } |
| 5356 | ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; |
| 5357 | } |
| 5358 | |
| 5359 | /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */ |
| 5360 | if (!doneone) |
| 5361 | { |
| 5362 | if (!dyn) |
| 5363 | { |
| 5364 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 5365 | { |
| 5366 | s = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 5367 | s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5368 | } |
| 5369 | else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5370 | { |
| 5371 | s = htab->relpltlocal; |
| 5372 | s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5373 | } |
| 5374 | } |
| 5375 | else |
| 5376 | { |
| 5377 | htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) |
| 5380 | { |
| 5381 | /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */ |
| 5382 | if (!bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 5383 | && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 5384 | { |
| 5385 | if (ent->plt.offset |
| 5386 | == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size) |
| 5387 | { |
| 5388 | htab->srelplt2->size |
| 5389 | += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) |
| 5390 | * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS); |
| 5391 | } |
| 5392 | |
| 5393 | htab->srelplt2->size |
| 5394 | += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) |
| 5395 | * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS); |
| 5396 | } |
| 5397 | |
| 5398 | /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in |
| 5399 | .got.plt. */ |
| 5400 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4; |
| 5401 | } |
| 5402 | } |
| 5403 | doneone = TRUE; |
| 5404 | } |
| 5405 | } |
| 5406 | else |
| 5407 | ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 5408 | |
| 5409 | if (!doneone) |
| 5410 | { |
| 5411 | h->plt.plist = NULL; |
| 5412 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 5413 | } |
| 5414 | } |
| 5415 | else |
| 5416 | { |
| 5417 | h->plt.plist = NULL; |
| 5418 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 5419 | } |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 | return TRUE; |
| 5422 | } |
| 5423 | |
| 5424 | /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to |
| 5425 | read-only sections. */ |
| 5426 | |
| 5427 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5428 | maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info_p) |
| 5429 | { |
| 5430 | asection *sec; |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| 5433 | return TRUE; |
| 5434 | |
| 5435 | sec = readonly_dynrelocs (h); |
| 5436 | if (sec != NULL) |
| 5437 | { |
| 5438 | struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) info_p; |
| 5439 | |
| 5440 | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
| 5441 | info->callbacks->minfo |
| 5442 | (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"), |
| 5443 | sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec); |
| 5444 | |
| 5445 | /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */ |
| 5446 | return FALSE; |
| 5447 | } |
| 5448 | return TRUE; |
| 5449 | } |
| 5450 | |
| 5451 | static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] = |
| 5452 | { |
| 5453 | 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */ |
| 5454 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */ |
| 5455 | 1, /* CIE version. */ |
| 5456 | 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */ |
| 5457 | 4, /* Code alignment. */ |
| 5458 | 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */ |
| 5459 | 65, /* RA reg. */ |
| 5460 | 1, /* Augmentation size. */ |
| 5461 | DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */ |
| 5462 | DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */ |
| 5463 | }; |
| 5464 | |
| 5465 | /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ |
| 5466 | |
| 5467 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5468 | ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 5469 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 5470 | { |
| 5471 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 5472 | asection *s; |
| 5473 | bfd_boolean relocs; |
| 5474 | bfd *ibfd; |
| 5475 | |
| 5476 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 5477 | fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n"); |
| 5478 | #endif |
| 5479 | |
| 5480 | htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 5481 | BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL); |
| 5482 | |
| 5483 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) |
| 5484 | { |
| 5485 | /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ |
| 5486 | if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp) |
| 5487 | { |
| 5488 | s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp"); |
| 5489 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 5490 | s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
| 5491 | s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
| 5492 | } |
| 5493 | } |
| 5494 | |
| 5495 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) |
| 5496 | htab->got_header_size = 16; |
| 5497 | else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) |
| 5498 | htab->got_header_size = 12; |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 | /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic |
| 5501 | relocs. */ |
| 5502 | for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| 5503 | { |
| 5504 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got; |
| 5505 | bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; |
| 5506 | struct plt_entry **local_plt; |
| 5507 | struct plt_entry **end_local_plt; |
| 5508 | char *lgot_masks; |
| 5509 | bfd_size_type locsymcount; |
| 5510 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 | if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) |
| 5513 | continue; |
| 5514 | |
| 5515 | for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 5516 | { |
| 5517 | struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 5518 | |
| 5519 | for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *) |
| 5520 | elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); |
| 5521 | p != NULL; |
| 5522 | p = p->next) |
| 5523 | { |
| 5524 | if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec) |
| 5525 | && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section)) |
| 5526 | { |
| 5527 | /* Input section has been discarded, either because |
| 5528 | it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to |
| 5529 | linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding |
| 5530 | the relocs too. */ |
| 5531 | } |
| 5532 | else if (htab->is_vxworks |
| 5533 | && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, |
| 5534 | ".tls_vars") == 0) |
| 5535 | { |
| 5536 | /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are |
| 5537 | handled specially by the loader. */ |
| 5538 | } |
| 5539 | else if (p->count != 0) |
| 5540 | { |
| 5541 | asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
| 5542 | if (p->ifunc) |
| 5543 | sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 5544 | sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5545 | if ((p->sec->output_section->flags |
| 5546 | & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) |
| 5547 | == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) |
| 5548 | { |
| 5549 | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
| 5550 | info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"), |
| 5551 | p->sec->owner, p->sec); |
| 5552 | } |
| 5553 | } |
| 5554 | } |
| 5555 | } |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 | local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); |
| 5558 | if (!local_got) |
| 5559 | continue; |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| 5562 | locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 5563 | end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; |
| 5564 | local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got; |
| 5565 | end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; |
| 5566 | lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt; |
| 5567 | |
| 5568 | for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks) |
| 5569 | if (*local_got > 0) |
| 5570 | { |
| 5571 | unsigned int need; |
| 5572 | if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) |
| 5573 | htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; |
| 5574 | need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks); |
| 5575 | if (need == 0) |
| 5576 | *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 5577 | else |
| 5578 | { |
| 5579 | *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need); |
| 5580 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 5581 | && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| 5582 | && bfd_link_executable (info))) |
| 5583 | { |
| 5584 | asection *srel; |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 | need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4; |
| 5587 | srel = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 5588 | if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) |
| 5589 | srel = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 5590 | srel->size += need; |
| 5591 | } |
| 5592 | } |
| 5593 | } |
| 5594 | else |
| 5595 | *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 | if (htab->is_vxworks) |
| 5598 | continue; |
| 5599 | |
| 5600 | /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */ |
| 5601 | lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt; |
| 5602 | for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks) |
| 5603 | { |
| 5604 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 5605 | bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE; |
| 5606 | bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 5607 | |
| 5608 | for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| 5609 | if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) |
| 5610 | { |
| 5611 | if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) |
| 5612 | s = htab->elf.iplt; |
| 5613 | else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt |
| 5614 | || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP) |
| 5615 | { |
| 5616 | ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 5617 | continue; |
| 5618 | } |
| 5619 | else |
| 5620 | s = htab->pltlocal; |
| 5621 | |
| 5622 | if (!doneone) |
| 5623 | { |
| 5624 | plt_offset = s->size; |
| 5625 | s->size += 4; |
| 5626 | } |
| 5627 | ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; |
| 5628 | |
| 5629 | if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))) |
| 5630 | { |
| 5631 | s = htab->glink; |
| 5632 | glink_offset = s->size; |
| 5633 | s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL); |
| 5634 | } |
| 5635 | ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; |
| 5636 | |
| 5637 | if (!doneone) |
| 5638 | { |
| 5639 | if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) |
| 5640 | { |
| 5641 | s = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 5642 | s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5643 | } |
| 5644 | else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5645 | { |
| 5646 | s = htab->relpltlocal; |
| 5647 | s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5648 | } |
| 5649 | doneone = TRUE; |
| 5650 | } |
| 5651 | } |
| 5652 | else |
| 5653 | ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 5654 | } |
| 5655 | } |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 | /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */ |
| 5658 | elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info); |
| 5659 | |
| 5660 | if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0) |
| 5661 | { |
| 5662 | htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8); |
| 5663 | if (bfd_link_dll (info)) |
| 5664 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 5665 | } |
| 5666 | else |
| 5667 | htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 5668 | |
| 5669 | if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS) |
| 5670 | { |
| 5671 | unsigned int g_o_t = 32768; |
| 5672 | |
| 5673 | /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here, |
| 5674 | for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated), |
| 5675 | or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the |
| 5676 | corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */ |
| 5677 | if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768) |
| 5678 | { |
| 5679 | g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size; |
| 5680 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) |
| 5681 | g_o_t += 4; |
| 5682 | htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size; |
| 5683 | } |
| 5684 | |
| 5685 | htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t; |
| 5686 | } |
| 5687 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5688 | { |
| 5689 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; |
| 5690 | |
| 5691 | sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section; |
| 5692 | sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; |
| 5693 | } |
| 5694 | if (info->emitrelocations) |
| 5695 | { |
| 5696 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; |
| 5697 | |
| 5698 | if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular) |
| 5699 | sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; |
| 5700 | sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; |
| 5701 | if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular) |
| 5702 | sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; |
| 5703 | } |
| 5704 | |
| 5705 | if (htab->glink != NULL |
| 5706 | && htab->glink->size != 0 |
| 5707 | && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 5708 | { |
| 5709 | htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size; |
| 5710 | /* Space for the branch table. */ |
| 5711 | htab->glink->size |
| 5712 | += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4; |
| 5713 | /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */ |
| 5714 | htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround |
| 5715 | ? 63 : 15); |
| 5716 | htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; |
| 5717 | |
| 5718 | if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms) |
| 5719 | { |
| 5720 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; |
| 5721 | sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink", |
| 5722 | TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 5723 | if (sh == NULL) |
| 5724 | return FALSE; |
| 5725 | if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) |
| 5726 | { |
| 5727 | sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| 5728 | sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; |
| 5729 | sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve; |
| 5730 | sh->ref_regular = 1; |
| 5731 | sh->def_regular = 1; |
| 5732 | sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; |
| 5733 | sh->forced_local = 1; |
| 5734 | sh->non_elf = 0; |
| 5735 | sh->root.linker_def = 1; |
| 5736 | } |
| 5737 | sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve", |
| 5738 | TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 5739 | if (sh == NULL) |
| 5740 | return FALSE; |
| 5741 | if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) |
| 5742 | { |
| 5743 | sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| 5744 | sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; |
| 5745 | sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; |
| 5746 | sh->ref_regular = 1; |
| 5747 | sh->def_regular = 1; |
| 5748 | sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; |
| 5749 | sh->forced_local = 1; |
| 5750 | sh->non_elf = 0; |
| 5751 | sh->root.linker_def = 1; |
| 5752 | } |
| 5753 | } |
| 5754 | } |
| 5755 | |
| 5756 | if (htab->glink != NULL |
| 5757 | && htab->glink->size != 0 |
| 5758 | && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL |
| 5759 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section) |
| 5760 | && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info)) |
| 5761 | { |
| 5762 | s = htab->glink_eh_frame; |
| 5763 | s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20; |
| 5764 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5765 | { |
| 5766 | s->size += 4; |
| 5767 | if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256) |
| 5768 | s->size += 4; |
| 5769 | } |
| 5770 | } |
| 5771 | |
| 5772 | /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. |
| 5773 | Allocate memory for them. */ |
| 5774 | relocs = FALSE; |
| 5775 | for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 5776 | { |
| 5777 | bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE; |
| 5778 | |
| 5779 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) |
| 5780 | continue; |
| 5781 | |
| 5782 | if (s == htab->elf.splt |
| 5783 | || s == htab->elf.sgot) |
| 5784 | { |
| 5785 | /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if |
| 5786 | we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them. |
| 5787 | It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */ |
| 5788 | if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL) |
| 5789 | strip_section = FALSE; |
| 5790 | /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the |
| 5791 | comment below. */ |
| 5792 | } |
| 5793 | else if (s == htab->elf.iplt |
| 5794 | || s == htab->pltlocal |
| 5795 | || s == htab->glink |
| 5796 | || s == htab->glink_eh_frame |
| 5797 | || s == htab->elf.sgotplt |
| 5798 | || s == htab->sbss |
| 5799 | || s == htab->elf.sdynbss |
| 5800 | || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro |
| 5801 | || s == htab->dynsbss) |
| 5802 | { |
| 5803 | /* Strip these too. */ |
| 5804 | } |
| 5805 | else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section |
| 5806 | || s == htab->sdata[1].section) |
| 5807 | { |
| 5808 | strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0; |
| 5809 | } |
| 5810 | else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela")) |
| 5811 | { |
| 5812 | if (s->size != 0) |
| 5813 | { |
| 5814 | /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */ |
| 5815 | relocs = TRUE; |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 | /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need |
| 5818 | to copy relocs into the output file. */ |
| 5819 | s->reloc_count = 0; |
| 5820 | } |
| 5821 | } |
| 5822 | else |
| 5823 | { |
| 5824 | /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ |
| 5825 | continue; |
| 5826 | } |
| 5827 | |
| 5828 | if (s->size == 0 && strip_section) |
| 5829 | { |
| 5830 | /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the |
| 5831 | output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and |
| 5832 | .rela.plt. We must create both sections in |
| 5833 | create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created |
| 5834 | before the linker maps input sections to output |
| 5835 | sections. The linker does that before |
| 5836 | adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that |
| 5837 | function which decides whether anything needs to go |
| 5838 | into these sections. */ |
| 5839 | s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 5840 | continue; |
| 5841 | } |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 | if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) |
| 5844 | continue; |
| 5845 | |
| 5846 | /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */ |
| 5847 | s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size); |
| 5848 | if (s->contents == NULL) |
| 5849 | return FALSE; |
| 5850 | } |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 | if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 5853 | { |
| 5854 | /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the |
| 5855 | values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we |
| 5856 | must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for |
| 5857 | the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the |
| 5858 | dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ |
| 5859 | #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ |
| 5860 | _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) |
| 5861 | |
| 5862 | if (bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 5863 | { |
| 5864 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0)) |
| 5865 | return FALSE; |
| 5866 | } |
| 5867 | |
| 5868 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->elf.splt->size != 0) |
| 5869 | { |
| 5870 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0) |
| 5871 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0) |
| 5872 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA) |
| 5873 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0)) |
| 5874 | return FALSE; |
| 5875 | } |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW |
| 5878 | && htab->glink != NULL |
| 5879 | && htab->glink->size != 0) |
| 5880 | { |
| 5881 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0)) |
| 5882 | return FALSE; |
| 5883 | if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt |
| 5884 | && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL |
| 5885 | && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL |
| 5886 | && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS)) |
| 5887 | return FALSE; |
| 5888 | } |
| 5889 | |
| 5890 | if (relocs) |
| 5891 | { |
| 5892 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0) |
| 5893 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0) |
| 5894 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))) |
| 5895 | return FALSE; |
| 5896 | } |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 | /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we |
| 5899 | need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */ |
| 5900 | if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) |
| 5901 | elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), maybe_set_textrel, |
| 5902 | info); |
| 5903 | |
| 5904 | if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) |
| 5905 | { |
| 5906 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0)) |
| 5907 | return FALSE; |
| 5908 | } |
| 5909 | if (htab->is_vxworks |
| 5910 | && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info)) |
| 5911 | return FALSE; |
| 5912 | } |
| 5913 | #undef add_dynamic_entry |
| 5914 | |
| 5915 | if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL |
| 5916 | && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 5917 | { |
| 5918 | unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; |
| 5919 | bfd_vma val; |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 | memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie)); |
| 5922 | /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */ |
| 5923 | bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p); |
| 5924 | p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); |
| 5925 | /* FDE length. */ |
| 5926 | val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); |
| 5927 | bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); |
| 5928 | p += 4; |
| 5929 | /* CIE pointer. */ |
| 5930 | val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; |
| 5931 | bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); |
| 5932 | p += 4; |
| 5933 | /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */ |
| 5934 | p += 4; |
| 5935 | /* .glink size. */ |
| 5936 | bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p); |
| 5937 | p += 4; |
| 5938 | /* Augmentation. */ |
| 5939 | p += 1; |
| 5940 | |
| 5941 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 5942 | && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 5943 | { |
| 5944 | bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2; |
| 5945 | if (adv < 64) |
| 5946 | *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv; |
| 5947 | else if (adv < 256) |
| 5948 | { |
| 5949 | *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1; |
| 5950 | *p++ = adv; |
| 5951 | } |
| 5952 | else if (adv < 65536) |
| 5953 | { |
| 5954 | *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2; |
| 5955 | bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p); |
| 5956 | p += 2; |
| 5957 | } |
| 5958 | else |
| 5959 | { |
| 5960 | *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4; |
| 5961 | bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p); |
| 5962 | p += 4; |
| 5963 | } |
| 5964 | *p++ = DW_CFA_register; |
| 5965 | *p++ = 65; |
| 5966 | p++; |
| 5967 | *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4; |
| 5968 | *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended; |
| 5969 | *p++ = 65; |
| 5970 | } |
| 5971 | BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4) |
| 5972 | == htab->glink_eh_frame->size); |
| 5973 | } |
| 5974 | |
| 5975 | return TRUE; |
| 5976 | } |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 | /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output |
| 5979 | if it looks like nothing is using them. */ |
| 5980 | |
| 5981 | static void |
| 5982 | maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect) |
| 5983 | { |
| 5984 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym; |
| 5985 | |
| 5986 | if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1) |
| 5987 | { |
| 5988 | asection *s; |
| 5989 | |
| 5990 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name); |
| 5991 | if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s)) |
| 5992 | { |
| 5993 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name); |
| 5994 | if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s)) |
| 5995 | { |
| 5996 | sda->def_regular = 0; |
| 5997 | /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */ |
| 5998 | sda->ref_dynamic = 1; |
| 5999 | sda->forced_local = 0; |
| 6000 | } |
| 6001 | } |
| 6002 | } |
| 6003 | } |
| 6004 | |
| 6005 | void |
| 6006 | ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 6007 | { |
| 6008 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 | if (htab != NULL) |
| 6011 | { |
| 6012 | maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]); |
| 6013 | maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]); |
| 6014 | } |
| 6015 | } |
| 6016 | |
| 6017 | |
| 6018 | /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */ |
| 6019 | |
| 6020 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6021 | ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 6022 | { |
| 6023 | if (h->plt.plist != NULL |
| 6024 | && !h->def_regular |
| 6025 | && (!h->pointer_equality_needed |
| 6026 | || !h->ref_regular_nonweak)) |
| 6027 | return FALSE; |
| 6028 | |
| 6029 | return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h); |
| 6030 | } |
| 6031 | \f |
| 6032 | #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0])) |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 | /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is |
| 6035 | used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */ |
| 6036 | static const int shared_stub_entry[] = |
| 6037 | { |
| 6038 | 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */ |
| 6039 | 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */ |
| 6040 | 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */ |
| 6041 | 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */ |
| 6042 | 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */ |
| 6043 | 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */ |
| 6044 | 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ |
| 6045 | 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ |
| 6046 | }; |
| 6047 | |
| 6048 | static const int stub_entry[] = |
| 6049 | { |
| 6050 | 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */ |
| 6051 | 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */ |
| 6052 | 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ |
| 6053 | 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ |
| 6054 | }; |
| 6055 | |
| 6056 | struct ppc_elf_relax_info |
| 6057 | { |
| 6058 | unsigned int workaround_size; |
| 6059 | unsigned int picfixup_size; |
| 6060 | }; |
| 6061 | |
| 6062 | /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476 |
| 6063 | icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch |
| 6064 | space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can |
| 6065 | add trampolines at the end of the section. */ |
| 6066 | |
| 6067 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6068 | ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, |
| 6069 | asection *isec, |
| 6070 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info, |
| 6071 | bfd_boolean *again) |
| 6072 | { |
| 6073 | struct one_branch_fixup |
| 6074 | { |
| 6075 | struct one_branch_fixup *next; |
| 6076 | asection *tsec; |
| 6077 | /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a |
| 6078 | relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */ |
| 6079 | bfd_vma toff; |
| 6080 | bfd_vma trampoff; |
| 6081 | }; |
| 6082 | |
| 6083 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 6084 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL; |
| 6085 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; |
| 6086 | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL; |
| 6087 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL; |
| 6088 | struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL; |
| 6089 | struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL; |
| 6090 | unsigned changes = 0; |
| 6091 | bfd_boolean workaround_change; |
| 6092 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 6093 | bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size; |
| 6094 | asection *got2; |
| 6095 | bfd_boolean maybe_pasted; |
| 6096 | |
| 6097 | *again = FALSE; |
| 6098 | |
| 6099 | /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */ |
| 6100 | if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 |
| 6101 | || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0 |
| 6102 | || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0 |
| 6103 | || isec->size < 4) |
| 6104 | return TRUE; |
| 6105 | |
| 6106 | /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't |
| 6107 | do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r |
| 6108 | anyway. */ |
| 6109 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info)) |
| 6110 | return TRUE; |
| 6111 | |
| 6112 | htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info); |
| 6113 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 6114 | return TRUE; |
| 6115 | |
| 6116 | isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4; |
| 6117 | if (isec->rawsize == 0) |
| 6118 | isec->rawsize = isec->size; |
| 6119 | trampbase = isec->size; |
| 6120 | |
| 6121 | BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE |
| 6122 | || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET); |
| 6123 | isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET; |
| 6124 | |
| 6125 | if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround |
| 6126 | || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) |
| 6127 | { |
| 6128 | if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL) |
| 6129 | { |
| 6130 | elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info |
| 6131 | = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info)); |
| 6132 | if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL) |
| 6133 | return FALSE; |
| 6134 | } |
| 6135 | relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info; |
| 6136 | trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size; |
| 6137 | } |
| 6138 | |
| 6139 | maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 |
| 6140 | || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0); |
| 6141 | /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */ |
| 6142 | trampoff = trampbase; |
| 6143 | if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize) |
| 6144 | trampoff += 4; |
| 6145 | |
| 6146 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
| 6147 | picfixup_size = 0; |
| 6148 | if (htab->params->branch_trampolines |
| 6149 | || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) |
| 6150 | { |
| 6151 | /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */ |
| 6152 | if (isec->reloc_count != 0) |
| 6153 | { |
| 6154 | internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL, |
| 6155 | link_info->keep_memory); |
| 6156 | if (internal_relocs == NULL) |
| 6157 | goto error_return; |
| 6158 | } |
| 6159 | |
| 6160 | got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); |
| 6161 | |
| 6162 | irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count; |
| 6163 | for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) |
| 6164 | { |
| 6165 | unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); |
| 6166 | bfd_vma toff, roff; |
| 6167 | asection *tsec; |
| 6168 | struct one_branch_fixup *f; |
| 6169 | size_t insn_offset = 0; |
| 6170 | bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val; |
| 6171 | bfd_byte *hit_addr; |
| 6172 | unsigned long t0; |
| 6173 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 6174 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 6175 | struct plt_entry **plist; |
| 6176 | unsigned char sym_type; |
| 6177 | |
| 6178 | switch (r_type) |
| 6179 | { |
| 6180 | case R_PPC_REL24: |
| 6181 | case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: |
| 6182 | case R_PPC_PLTREL24: |
| 6183 | case R_PPC_PLTCALL: |
| 6184 | max_branch_offset = 1 << 25; |
| 6185 | break; |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 | case R_PPC_REL14: |
| 6188 | case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: |
| 6189 | case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: |
| 6190 | max_branch_offset = 1 << 15; |
| 6191 | break; |
| 6192 | |
| 6193 | case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: |
| 6194 | if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) |
| 6195 | break; |
| 6196 | continue; |
| 6197 | |
| 6198 | default: |
| 6199 | continue; |
| 6200 | } |
| 6201 | |
| 6202 | /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */ |
| 6203 | if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf, |
| 6204 | ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd)) |
| 6205 | goto error_return; |
| 6206 | |
| 6207 | if (isym != NULL) |
| 6208 | { |
| 6209 | if (tsec != NULL) |
| 6210 | ; |
| 6211 | else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) |
| 6212 | tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| 6213 | else |
| 6214 | continue; |
| 6215 | |
| 6216 | toff = isym->st_value; |
| 6217 | sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info); |
| 6218 | } |
| 6219 | else |
| 6220 | { |
| 6221 | if (tsec != NULL) |
| 6222 | toff = h->root.u.def.value; |
| 6223 | else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined |
| 6224 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 6225 | { |
| 6226 | unsigned long indx; |
| 6227 | |
| 6228 | indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 6229 | tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 6230 | toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0; |
| 6231 | } |
| 6232 | else |
| 6233 | continue; |
| 6234 | |
| 6235 | /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later |
| 6236 | optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long- |
| 6237 | branch stub in that case. */ |
| 6238 | if (bfd_link_executable (link_info) |
| 6239 | && h == htab->tls_get_addr |
| 6240 | && irel != internal_relocs) |
| 6241 | { |
| 6242 | unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info); |
| 6243 | unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info); |
| 6244 | unsigned int tls_mask = 0; |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 | /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or |
| 6247 | R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc |
| 6248 | on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls |
| 6249 | mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */ |
| 6250 | if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 6251 | { |
| 6252 | bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); |
| 6253 | |
| 6254 | if (local_got_offsets != NULL) |
| 6255 | { |
| 6256 | struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) |
| 6257 | (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 6258 | char *lgot_masks = (char *) |
| 6259 | (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 6260 | tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx]; |
| 6261 | } |
| 6262 | } |
| 6263 | else |
| 6264 | { |
| 6265 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *th |
| 6266 | = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 6267 | |
| 6268 | while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 6269 | || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 6270 | th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link; |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 | tls_mask |
| 6273 | = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask; |
| 6274 | } |
| 6275 | |
| 6276 | /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be |
| 6277 | optimised away. */ |
| 6278 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 |
| 6279 | && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD |
| 6280 | || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 |
| 6281 | || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO)) |
| 6282 | continue; |
| 6283 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 |
| 6284 | && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD |
| 6285 | || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 |
| 6286 | || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO)) |
| 6287 | continue; |
| 6288 | } |
| 6289 | |
| 6290 | sym_type = h->type; |
| 6291 | } |
| 6292 | |
| 6293 | if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) |
| 6294 | { |
| 6295 | if (h != NULL |
| 6296 | && !h->def_regular |
| 6297 | && h->protected_def |
| 6298 | && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha |
| 6299 | && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo) |
| 6300 | picfixup_size += 12; |
| 6301 | continue; |
| 6302 | } |
| 6303 | |
| 6304 | /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must |
| 6305 | match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here |
| 6306 | but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch |
| 6307 | destination used here may be incorrect. */ |
| 6308 | plist = NULL; |
| 6309 | if (h != NULL) |
| 6310 | { |
| 6311 | /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */ |
| 6312 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 6313 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) |
| 6314 | plist = &h->plt.plist; |
| 6315 | } |
| 6316 | else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 6317 | && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL) |
| 6318 | { |
| 6319 | bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); |
| 6320 | struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) |
| 6321 | (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 6322 | plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); |
| 6323 | } |
| 6324 | if (plist != NULL) |
| 6325 | { |
| 6326 | bfd_vma addend = 0; |
| 6327 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 6328 | |
| 6329 | if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info)) |
| 6330 | addend = irel->r_addend; |
| 6331 | ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend); |
| 6332 | if (ent != NULL) |
| 6333 | { |
| 6334 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW |
| 6335 | || h == NULL |
| 6336 | || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 6337 | || h->dynindx == -1) |
| 6338 | { |
| 6339 | tsec = htab->glink; |
| 6340 | toff = ent->glink_offset; |
| 6341 | } |
| 6342 | else |
| 6343 | { |
| 6344 | tsec = htab->elf.splt; |
| 6345 | toff = ent->plt.offset; |
| 6346 | } |
| 6347 | } |
| 6348 | } |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 | /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have |
| 6351 | no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the |
| 6352 | branch overflow. */ |
| 6353 | if (tsec == isec) |
| 6354 | continue; |
| 6355 | |
| 6356 | /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is |
| 6357 | undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't |
| 6358 | support addends. It would be possible to do so by |
| 6359 | putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on |
| 6360 | branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */ |
| 6361 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) |
| 6362 | && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr |
| 6363 | && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24 |
| 6364 | && irel->r_addend != 0) |
| 6365 | continue; |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 | /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in |
| 6368 | SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely |
| 6369 | attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at |
| 6370 | branches. However, implement it correctly here as a |
| 6371 | reference for other target relax_section functions. */ |
| 6372 | if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) |
| 6373 | { |
| 6374 | /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been |
| 6375 | adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be |
| 6376 | passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in |
| 6377 | relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for |
| 6378 | section symbols have been adjusted.) |
| 6379 | |
| 6380 | gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE |
| 6381 | sections to a relocation against the section symbol when |
| 6382 | the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against |
| 6383 | a section symbol we should include the addend in the |
| 6384 | offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the |
| 6385 | location of interest is the original symbol. On the |
| 6386 | other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not |
| 6387 | a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an |
| 6388 | access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The |
| 6389 | location of interest is just "sym". */ |
| 6390 | if (sym_type == STT_SECTION |
| 6391 | && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) |
| 6392 | toff += irel->r_addend; |
| 6393 | |
| 6394 | toff |
| 6395 | = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec, |
| 6396 | elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info, |
| 6397 | toff); |
| 6398 | |
| 6399 | if (sym_type != STT_SECTION |
| 6400 | && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) |
| 6401 | toff += irel->r_addend; |
| 6402 | } |
| 6403 | /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */ |
| 6404 | else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) |
| 6405 | toff += irel->r_addend; |
| 6406 | |
| 6407 | /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */ |
| 6408 | if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) |
| 6409 | && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr) |
| 6410 | || tsec->output_section == NULL |
| 6411 | || (tsec->owner != NULL |
| 6412 | && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0)) |
| 6413 | continue; |
| 6414 | |
| 6415 | roff = irel->r_offset; |
| 6416 | |
| 6417 | /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when |
| 6418 | relocatable if the output section size is such that a |
| 6419 | fixup can be created at final link. |
| 6420 | The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number |
| 6421 | of other fixups being needed at final link. */ |
| 6422 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) |
| 6423 | && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff) |
| 6424 | < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4))) |
| 6425 | continue; |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 | /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */ |
| 6428 | if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr |
| 6429 | && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) |
| 6430 | /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during |
| 6431 | final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */ |
| 6432 | || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section)) |
| 6433 | { |
| 6434 | bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr; |
| 6435 | |
| 6436 | symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff; |
| 6437 | reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff; |
| 6438 | if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset |
| 6439 | < 2 * max_branch_offset) |
| 6440 | continue; |
| 6441 | } |
| 6442 | |
| 6443 | /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */ |
| 6444 | for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next) |
| 6445 | if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff) |
| 6446 | break; |
| 6447 | |
| 6448 | if (f == NULL) |
| 6449 | { |
| 6450 | size_t size; |
| 6451 | unsigned long stub_rtype; |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 | val = trampoff - roff; |
| 6454 | if (val >= max_branch_offset) |
| 6455 | /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add |
| 6456 | one. We'll report an error later. */ |
| 6457 | continue; |
| 6458 | |
| 6459 | if (bfd_link_pic (link_info)) |
| 6460 | { |
| 6461 | size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry); |
| 6462 | insn_offset = 12; |
| 6463 | } |
| 6464 | else |
| 6465 | { |
| 6466 | size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); |
| 6467 | insn_offset = 0; |
| 6468 | } |
| 6469 | stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX; |
| 6470 | if (tsec == htab->elf.splt |
| 6471 | || tsec == htab->glink) |
| 6472 | { |
| 6473 | stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT; |
| 6474 | if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) |
| 6475 | stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24; |
| 6476 | } |
| 6477 | |
| 6478 | /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two |
| 6479 | relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */ |
| 6480 | irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), |
| 6481 | stub_rtype); |
| 6482 | irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset; |
| 6483 | if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 |
| 6484 | && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) |
| 6485 | irel->r_addend = 0; |
| 6486 | |
| 6487 | /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */ |
| 6488 | f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f)); |
| 6489 | f->next = branch_fixups; |
| 6490 | f->tsec = tsec; |
| 6491 | f->toff = toff; |
| 6492 | f->trampoff = trampoff; |
| 6493 | branch_fixups = f; |
| 6494 | |
| 6495 | trampoff += size; |
| 6496 | changes++; |
| 6497 | } |
| 6498 | else |
| 6499 | { |
| 6500 | val = f->trampoff - roff; |
| 6501 | if (val >= max_branch_offset) |
| 6502 | continue; |
| 6503 | |
| 6504 | /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */ |
| 6505 | irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE); |
| 6506 | } |
| 6507 | |
| 6508 | /* Get the section contents. */ |
| 6509 | if (contents == NULL) |
| 6510 | { |
| 6511 | /* Get cached copy if it exists. */ |
| 6512 | if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
| 6513 | contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents; |
| 6514 | /* Go get them off disk. */ |
| 6515 | else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents)) |
| 6516 | goto error_return; |
| 6517 | } |
| 6518 | |
| 6519 | /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */ |
| 6520 | hit_addr = contents + roff; |
| 6521 | switch (r_type) |
| 6522 | { |
| 6523 | case R_PPC_REL24: |
| 6524 | case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: |
| 6525 | case R_PPC_PLTREL24: |
| 6526 | t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); |
| 6527 | t0 &= ~0x3fffffc; |
| 6528 | t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc; |
| 6529 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); |
| 6530 | break; |
| 6531 | |
| 6532 | case R_PPC_REL14: |
| 6533 | case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: |
| 6534 | case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: |
| 6535 | t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); |
| 6536 | t0 &= ~0xfffc; |
| 6537 | t0 |= val & 0xfffc; |
| 6538 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); |
| 6539 | break; |
| 6540 | } |
| 6541 | } |
| 6542 | |
| 6543 | while (branch_fixups != NULL) |
| 6544 | { |
| 6545 | struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups; |
| 6546 | branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next; |
| 6547 | free (f); |
| 6548 | } |
| 6549 | } |
| 6550 | |
| 6551 | workaround_change = FALSE; |
| 6552 | newsize = trampoff; |
| 6553 | if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround |
| 6554 | && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) |
| 6555 | || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)) |
| 6556 | { |
| 6557 | bfd_vma addr, end_addr; |
| 6558 | unsigned int crossings; |
| 6559 | bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; |
| 6560 | |
| 6561 | addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset; |
| 6562 | end_addr = addr + trampoff; |
| 6563 | addr &= -pagesize; |
| 6564 | crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2; |
| 6565 | if (crossings != 0) |
| 6566 | { |
| 6567 | /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does |
| 6568 | not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a |
| 6569 | previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */ |
| 6570 | newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15); |
| 6571 | newsize += crossings * 16; |
| 6572 | if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize) |
| 6573 | { |
| 6574 | relax_info->workaround_size = newsize; |
| 6575 | workaround_change = TRUE; |
| 6576 | } |
| 6577 | /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */ |
| 6578 | isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
| 6579 | } |
| 6580 | newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size; |
| 6581 | } |
| 6582 | |
| 6583 | if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) |
| 6584 | { |
| 6585 | picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size; |
| 6586 | if (picfixup_size != 0) |
| 6587 | relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size; |
| 6588 | newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size; |
| 6589 | } |
| 6590 | |
| 6591 | if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change) |
| 6592 | isec->size = newsize; |
| 6593 | |
| 6594 | if (isymbuf != NULL |
| 6595 | && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) |
| 6596 | { |
| 6597 | if (! link_info->keep_memory) |
| 6598 | free (isymbuf); |
| 6599 | else |
| 6600 | { |
| 6601 | /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */ |
| 6602 | symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; |
| 6603 | } |
| 6604 | } |
| 6605 | |
| 6606 | if (contents != NULL |
| 6607 | && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 6608 | { |
| 6609 | if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory) |
| 6610 | free (contents); |
| 6611 | else |
| 6612 | { |
| 6613 | /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ |
| 6614 | elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
| 6615 | } |
| 6616 | } |
| 6617 | |
| 6618 | changes += picfixup_size; |
| 6619 | if (changes != 0) |
| 6620 | { |
| 6621 | /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation |
| 6622 | information for the trampolines. */ |
| 6623 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
| 6624 | Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count) |
| 6625 | * sizeof (*new_relocs)); |
| 6626 | unsigned ix; |
| 6627 | |
| 6628 | if (!new_relocs) |
| 6629 | goto error_return; |
| 6630 | memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs, |
| 6631 | isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs)); |
| 6632 | for (ix = changes; ix--;) |
| 6633 | { |
| 6634 | irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count; |
| 6635 | |
| 6636 | irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE); |
| 6637 | } |
| 6638 | if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs) |
| 6639 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 6640 | elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs; |
| 6641 | isec->reloc_count += changes; |
| 6642 | rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec); |
| 6643 | rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize; |
| 6644 | } |
| 6645 | else if (internal_relocs != NULL |
| 6646 | && elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
| 6647 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 6648 | |
| 6649 | *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change; |
| 6650 | return TRUE; |
| 6651 | |
| 6652 | error_return: |
| 6653 | while (branch_fixups != NULL) |
| 6654 | { |
| 6655 | struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups; |
| 6656 | branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next; |
| 6657 | free (f); |
| 6658 | } |
| 6659 | if (isymbuf != NULL && (unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents) |
| 6660 | free (isymbuf); |
| 6661 | if (contents != NULL |
| 6662 | && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 6663 | free (contents); |
| 6664 | if (internal_relocs != NULL |
| 6665 | && elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
| 6666 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 6667 | return FALSE; |
| 6668 | } |
| 6669 | \f |
| 6670 | /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in |
| 6671 | discarded sections. */ |
| 6672 | |
| 6673 | static unsigned int |
| 6674 | ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec) |
| 6675 | { |
| 6676 | if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0) |
| 6677 | return 0; |
| 6678 | |
| 6679 | if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0) |
| 6680 | return 0; |
| 6681 | |
| 6682 | return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec); |
| 6683 | } |
| 6684 | \f |
| 6685 | /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */ |
| 6686 | |
| 6687 | static bfd_vma |
| 6688 | elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd, |
| 6689 | elf_linker_section_t *lsect, |
| 6690 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 6691 | bfd_vma relocation, |
| 6692 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) |
| 6693 | { |
| 6694 | elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; |
| 6695 | |
| 6696 | BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); |
| 6697 | |
| 6698 | if (h != NULL) |
| 6699 | { |
| 6700 | /* Handle global symbol. */ |
| 6701 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 6702 | |
| 6703 | eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 6704 | BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular); |
| 6705 | linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer; |
| 6706 | } |
| 6707 | else |
| 6708 | { |
| 6709 | /* Handle local symbol. */ |
| 6710 | unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 6711 | |
| 6712 | BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd)); |
| 6713 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL); |
| 6714 | linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx]; |
| 6715 | } |
| 6716 | |
| 6717 | linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr, |
| 6718 | rel->r_addend, |
| 6719 | lsect); |
| 6720 | BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL); |
| 6721 | |
| 6722 | /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit |
| 6723 | as a "written" flag. */ |
| 6724 | if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0) |
| 6725 | { |
| 6726 | bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner, |
| 6727 | relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend, |
| 6728 | lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset); |
| 6729 | linker_section_ptr->offset += 1; |
| 6730 | } |
| 6731 | |
| 6732 | relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma |
| 6733 | + lsect->section->output_offset |
| 6734 | + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1 |
| 6735 | - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym)); |
| 6736 | |
| 6737 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 6738 | fprintf (stderr, |
| 6739 | "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n", |
| 6740 | lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation); |
| 6741 | #endif |
| 6742 | |
| 6743 | return relocation; |
| 6744 | } |
| 6745 | |
| 6746 | #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff) |
| 6747 | #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff) |
| 6748 | #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000) |
| 6749 | |
| 6750 | static void |
| 6751 | write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent, |
| 6752 | asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p, |
| 6753 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 6754 | { |
| 6755 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 6756 | bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd; |
| 6757 | bfd_vma plt; |
| 6758 | unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h); |
| 6759 | |
| 6760 | if (h != NULL |
| 6761 | && h == htab->tls_get_addr |
| 6762 | && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt) |
| 6763 | { |
| 6764 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p); |
| 6765 | p += 4; |
| 6766 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p); |
| 6767 | p += 4; |
| 6768 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p); |
| 6769 | p += 4; |
| 6770 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p); |
| 6771 | p += 4; |
| 6772 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p); |
| 6773 | p += 4; |
| 6774 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p); |
| 6775 | p += 4; |
| 6776 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p); |
| 6777 | p += 4; |
| 6778 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); |
| 6779 | p += 4; |
| 6780 | } |
| 6781 | |
| 6782 | plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1) |
| 6783 | + plt_sec->output_section->vma |
| 6784 | + plt_sec->output_offset); |
| 6785 | |
| 6786 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 6787 | { |
| 6788 | bfd_vma got = 0; |
| 6789 | |
| 6790 | if (ent->addend >= 32768) |
| 6791 | got = (ent->addend |
| 6792 | + ent->sec->output_section->vma |
| 6793 | + ent->sec->output_offset); |
| 6794 | else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) |
| 6795 | got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); |
| 6796 | |
| 6797 | plt -= got; |
| 6798 | |
| 6799 | if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000) |
| 6800 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p); |
| 6801 | else |
| 6802 | { |
| 6803 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p); |
| 6804 | p += 4; |
| 6805 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); |
| 6806 | } |
| 6807 | } |
| 6808 | else |
| 6809 | { |
| 6810 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p); |
| 6811 | p += 4; |
| 6812 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); |
| 6813 | } |
| 6814 | p += 4; |
| 6815 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p); |
| 6816 | p += 4; |
| 6817 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); |
| 6818 | p += 4; |
| 6819 | while (p < end) |
| 6820 | { |
| 6821 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p); |
| 6822 | p += 4; |
| 6823 | } |
| 6824 | } |
| 6825 | |
| 6826 | /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */ |
| 6827 | |
| 6828 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6829 | is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 6830 | { |
| 6831 | return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 6832 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 6833 | && h->root.u.def.section != NULL |
| 6834 | && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL); |
| 6835 | } |
| 6836 | |
| 6837 | /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return |
| 6838 | the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If |
| 6839 | REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */ |
| 6840 | |
| 6841 | unsigned int |
| 6842 | _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) |
| 6843 | { |
| 6844 | unsigned int rtra; |
| 6845 | |
| 6846 | if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) != 31 << 26) |
| 6847 | return 0; |
| 6848 | |
| 6849 | if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg) |
| 6850 | rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16)); |
| 6851 | else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg) |
| 6852 | rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5); |
| 6853 | else |
| 6854 | return 0; |
| 6855 | |
| 6856 | if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1) |
| 6857 | /* add -> addi. */ |
| 6858 | insn = 14 << 26; |
| 6859 | else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1 |
| 6860 | && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6 |
| 6861 | || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6 |
| 6862 | && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6))) |
| 6863 | /* load and store indexed -> dform. */ |
| 6864 | insn = (32 | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26; |
| 6865 | else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1) |
| 6866 | /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */ |
| 6867 | insn = ((58 | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1); |
| 6868 | else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1) |
| 6869 | /* lwax -> lwa. */ |
| 6870 | insn = (58 << 26) | 2; |
| 6871 | else |
| 6872 | return 0; |
| 6873 | insn |= rtra; |
| 6874 | return insn; |
| 6875 | } |
| 6876 | |
| 6877 | /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return |
| 6878 | the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the |
| 6879 | thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */ |
| 6880 | |
| 6881 | unsigned int |
| 6882 | _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) |
| 6883 | { |
| 6884 | if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16 |
| 6885 | && ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ |
| 6886 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */ |
| 6887 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ |
| 6888 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ |
| 6889 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ |
| 6890 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ |
| 6891 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ |
| 6892 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ |
| 6893 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ |
| 6894 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ |
| 6895 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ |
| 6896 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ |
| 6897 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ |
| 6898 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ |
| 6899 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ |
| 6900 | || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */ |
| 6901 | && (insn & 3) != 1) |
| 6902 | || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */ |
| 6903 | && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))) |
| 6904 | { |
| 6905 | insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); |
| 6906 | } |
| 6907 | else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21 |
| 6908 | && ((insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */ |
| 6909 | || (insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */ |
| 6910 | || (insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */)) |
| 6911 | { |
| 6912 | insn &= ~(0x1f << 21); |
| 6913 | insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5; |
| 6914 | if ((insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 26 << 26 /* xori,xoris */) |
| 6915 | insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */ |
| 6916 | } |
| 6917 | else |
| 6918 | insn = 0; |
| 6919 | return insn; |
| 6920 | } |
| 6921 | |
| 6922 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6923 | is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn) |
| 6924 | { |
| 6925 | return ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */ |
| 6926 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */ |
| 6927 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */ |
| 6928 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */); |
| 6929 | } |
| 6930 | |
| 6931 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6932 | is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn) |
| 6933 | { |
| 6934 | return ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */ |
| 6935 | || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */ |
| 6936 | && (insn & 3) == 1)); |
| 6937 | } |
| 6938 | |
| 6939 | /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker |
| 6940 | to handle the relocations for a section. |
| 6941 | |
| 6942 | The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section |
| 6943 | actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be |
| 6944 | zero. |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 | This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as |
| 6947 | necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a |
| 6948 | relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as |
| 6949 | necessary. |
| 6950 | |
| 6951 | This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc |
| 6952 | address or the reloc symbol index. |
| 6953 | |
| 6954 | LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols. |
| 6955 | |
| 6956 | LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file |
| 6957 | corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol. |
| 6958 | |
| 6959 | The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found |
| 6960 | via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd). |
| 6961 | |
| 6962 | When generating relocatable output, this function must handle |
| 6963 | STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is |
| 6964 | going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output |
| 6965 | section, which means that the addend must be adjusted |
| 6966 | accordingly. */ |
| 6967 | |
| 6968 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6969 | ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 6970 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 6971 | bfd *input_bfd, |
| 6972 | asection *input_section, |
| 6973 | bfd_byte *contents, |
| 6974 | Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, |
| 6975 | Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, |
| 6976 | asection **local_sections) |
| 6977 | { |
| 6978 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 6979 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 6980 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 6981 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 6982 | Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel; |
| 6983 | Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; |
| 6984 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 6985 | asection *got2; |
| 6986 | bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; |
| 6987 | bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; |
| 6988 | bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0); |
| 6989 | bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls; |
| 6990 | unsigned int picfixup_size = 0; |
| 6991 | struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL; |
| 6992 | |
| 6993 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 6994 | _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, " |
| 6995 | "%ld relocations%s", |
| 6996 | input_bfd, input_section, |
| 6997 | (long) input_section->reloc_count, |
| 6998 | (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : ""); |
| 6999 | #endif |
| 7000 | |
| 7001 | if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd)) |
| 7002 | { |
| 7003 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| 7004 | return FALSE; |
| 7005 | } |
| 7006 | |
| 7007 | got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2"); |
| 7008 | |
| 7009 | /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ |
| 7010 | if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) |
| 7011 | ppc_elf_howto_init (); |
| 7012 | |
| 7013 | htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 7014 | local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); |
| 7015 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); |
| 7016 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); |
| 7017 | /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections |
| 7018 | specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */ |
| 7019 | is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 7020 | && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, |
| 7021 | ".tls_vars")); |
| 7022 | if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET) |
| 7023 | relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info; |
| 7024 | rel = wrel = relocs; |
| 7025 | relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; |
| 7026 | for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++) |
| 7027 | { |
| 7028 | enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; |
| 7029 | bfd_vma addend; |
| 7030 | bfd_reloc_status_type r; |
| 7031 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 7032 | asection *sec; |
| 7033 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 7034 | const char *sym_name; |
| 7035 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 7036 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 7037 | bfd_vma relocation; |
| 7038 | bfd_vma branch_bit, from; |
| 7039 | bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc; |
| 7040 | bfd_boolean warned; |
| 7041 | unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd; |
| 7042 | struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list; |
| 7043 | struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto; |
| 7044 | |
| 7045 | again: |
| 7046 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 7047 | sym = NULL; |
| 7048 | sec = NULL; |
| 7049 | h = NULL; |
| 7050 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 7051 | warned = FALSE; |
| 7052 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 7053 | |
| 7054 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 7055 | { |
| 7056 | sym = local_syms + r_symndx; |
| 7057 | sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; |
| 7058 | sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec); |
| 7059 | |
| 7060 | relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); |
| 7061 | } |
| 7062 | else |
| 7063 | { |
| 7064 | bfd_boolean ignored; |
| 7065 | |
| 7066 | RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, |
| 7067 | r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 7068 | h, sec, relocation, |
| 7069 | unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored); |
| 7070 | |
| 7071 | sym_name = h->root.root.string; |
| 7072 | } |
| 7073 | |
| 7074 | if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) |
| 7075 | { |
| 7076 | /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections, |
| 7077 | or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the |
| 7078 | section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */ |
| 7079 | howto = NULL; |
| 7080 | if (r_type < R_PPC_max) |
| 7081 | howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; |
| 7082 | |
| 7083 | _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 7084 | contents, rel->r_offset); |
| 7085 | wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset; |
| 7086 | wrel->r_info = 0; |
| 7087 | wrel->r_addend = 0; |
| 7088 | |
| 7089 | /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against |
| 7090 | symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for |
| 7091 | non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the |
| 7092 | eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */ |
| 7093 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) |
| 7094 | && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)) |
| 7095 | wrel--; |
| 7096 | |
| 7097 | continue; |
| 7098 | } |
| 7099 | |
| 7100 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| 7101 | { |
| 7102 | if (got2 != NULL |
| 7103 | && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 |
| 7104 | && rel->r_addend != 0) |
| 7105 | { |
| 7106 | /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the |
| 7107 | addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */ |
| 7108 | rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset; |
| 7109 | } |
| 7110 | if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT |
| 7111 | && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24 |
| 7112 | && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX) |
| 7113 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 7114 | } |
| 7115 | |
| 7116 | /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs |
| 7117 | based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit |
| 7118 | RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible |
| 7119 | for the final instruction stream. */ |
| 7120 | tls_mask = 0; |
| 7121 | tls_gd = 0; |
| 7122 | if (h != NULL) |
| 7123 | tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask; |
| 7124 | else if (local_got_offsets != NULL) |
| 7125 | { |
| 7126 | struct plt_entry **local_plt; |
| 7127 | char *lgot_masks; |
| 7128 | local_plt |
| 7129 | = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 7130 | lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 7131 | tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx]; |
| 7132 | } |
| 7133 | |
| 7134 | /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */ |
| 7135 | if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3) |
| 7136 | || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3) |
| 7137 | || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3) |
| 7138 | || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3) |
| 7139 | || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3) |
| 7140 | || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3) |
| 7141 | || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3) |
| 7142 | || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3)) |
| 7143 | abort (); |
| 7144 | switch (r_type) |
| 7145 | { |
| 7146 | default: |
| 7147 | break; |
| 7148 | |
| 7149 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: |
| 7150 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: |
| 7151 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| 7152 | && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) |
| 7153 | { |
| 7154 | bfd_vma insn; |
| 7155 | |
| 7156 | insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, |
| 7157 | contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| 7158 | insn &= 31 << 21; |
| 7159 | insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */ |
| 7160 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, |
| 7161 | contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| 7162 | r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; |
| 7163 | rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| 7164 | } |
| 7165 | break; |
| 7166 | |
| 7167 | case R_PPC_TLS: |
| 7168 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| 7169 | && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) |
| 7170 | { |
| 7171 | bfd_vma insn; |
| 7172 | |
| 7173 | insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 7174 | insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2); |
| 7175 | if (insn == 0) |
| 7176 | abort (); |
| 7177 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 7178 | r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; |
| 7179 | rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| 7180 | |
| 7181 | /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now |
| 7182 | PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */ |
| 7183 | rel->r_offset += d_offset; |
| 7184 | } |
| 7185 | break; |
| 7186 | |
| 7187 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: |
| 7188 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: |
| 7189 | tls_gd = TLS_GDIE; |
| 7190 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) |
| 7191 | goto tls_gdld_hi; |
| 7192 | break; |
| 7193 | |
| 7194 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: |
| 7195 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: |
| 7196 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) |
| 7197 | { |
| 7198 | tls_gdld_hi: |
| 7199 | if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) |
| 7200 | r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) |
| 7201 | + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); |
| 7202 | else |
| 7203 | { |
| 7204 | rel->r_offset -= d_offset; |
| 7205 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 7206 | r_type = R_PPC_NONE; |
| 7207 | } |
| 7208 | rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| 7209 | } |
| 7210 | break; |
| 7211 | |
| 7212 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: |
| 7213 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: |
| 7214 | tls_gd = TLS_GDIE; |
| 7215 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) |
| 7216 | goto tls_ldgd_opt; |
| 7217 | break; |
| 7218 | |
| 7219 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: |
| 7220 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: |
| 7221 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) |
| 7222 | { |
| 7223 | unsigned int insn1, insn2; |
| 7224 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 7225 | |
| 7226 | tls_ldgd_opt: |
| 7227 | offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 7228 | /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark |
| 7229 | __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call |
| 7230 | stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next |
| 7231 | reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with |
| 7232 | the current reloc. Edit both insns. */ |
| 7233 | if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr |
| 7234 | && rel + 1 < relend |
| 7235 | && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1, |
| 7236 | htab->tls_get_addr)) |
| 7237 | offset = rel[1].r_offset; |
| 7238 | /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep |
| 7239 | the destination reg. It may be something other than |
| 7240 | the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by |
| 7241 | intervening code. */ |
| 7242 | insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, |
| 7243 | contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| 7244 | if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) |
| 7245 | { |
| 7246 | /* IE */ |
| 7247 | insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16); |
| 7248 | insn1 |= 32 << 26; /* lwz */ |
| 7249 | if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 7250 | { |
| 7251 | rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); |
| 7252 | insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ |
| 7253 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); |
| 7254 | } |
| 7255 | r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) |
| 7256 | + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); |
| 7257 | rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| 7258 | } |
| 7259 | else |
| 7260 | { |
| 7261 | /* LE */ |
| 7262 | insn1 &= 0x1f << 21; |
| 7263 | insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */ |
| 7264 | if (tls_gd == 0) |
| 7265 | { |
| 7266 | /* Was an LD reloc. */ |
| 7267 | for (r_symndx = 0; |
| 7268 | r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 7269 | r_symndx++) |
| 7270 | if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) |
| 7271 | break; |
| 7272 | if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 7273 | r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; |
| 7274 | rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; |
| 7275 | if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) |
| 7276 | rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value |
| 7277 | + sec->output_offset |
| 7278 | + sec->output_section->vma); |
| 7279 | } |
| 7280 | r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; |
| 7281 | rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| 7282 | if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 7283 | { |
| 7284 | rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); |
| 7285 | rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset; |
| 7286 | rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 7287 | insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ |
| 7288 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); |
| 7289 | } |
| 7290 | } |
| 7291 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1, |
| 7292 | contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| 7293 | if (tls_gd == 0) |
| 7294 | { |
| 7295 | /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over |
| 7296 | in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */ |
| 7297 | goto again; |
| 7298 | } |
| 7299 | } |
| 7300 | break; |
| 7301 | |
| 7302 | case R_PPC_TLSGD: |
| 7303 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 |
| 7304 | && rel + 1 < relend) |
| 7305 | { |
| 7306 | unsigned int insn2; |
| 7307 | bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset; |
| 7308 | |
| 7309 | if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) |
| 7310 | { |
| 7311 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset); |
| 7312 | rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); |
| 7313 | break; |
| 7314 | } |
| 7315 | |
| 7316 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0) |
| 7317 | { |
| 7318 | /* IE */ |
| 7319 | r_type = R_PPC_NONE; |
| 7320 | insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ |
| 7321 | } |
| 7322 | else |
| 7323 | { |
| 7324 | /* LE */ |
| 7325 | r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; |
| 7326 | rel->r_offset += d_offset; |
| 7327 | insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ |
| 7328 | } |
| 7329 | rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| 7330 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); |
| 7331 | /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ |
| 7332 | BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset); |
| 7333 | rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); |
| 7334 | } |
| 7335 | break; |
| 7336 | |
| 7337 | case R_PPC_TLSLD: |
| 7338 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 |
| 7339 | && rel + 1 < relend) |
| 7340 | { |
| 7341 | unsigned int insn2; |
| 7342 | |
| 7343 | if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) |
| 7344 | { |
| 7345 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 7346 | rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); |
| 7347 | break; |
| 7348 | } |
| 7349 | |
| 7350 | for (r_symndx = 0; |
| 7351 | r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 7352 | r_symndx++) |
| 7353 | if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) |
| 7354 | break; |
| 7355 | if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 7356 | r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; |
| 7357 | rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; |
| 7358 | if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) |
| 7359 | rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value |
| 7360 | + sec->output_offset |
| 7361 | + sec->output_section->vma); |
| 7362 | |
| 7363 | rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); |
| 7364 | rel->r_offset += d_offset; |
| 7365 | insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ |
| 7366 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, |
| 7367 | contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| 7368 | /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ |
| 7369 | BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset); |
| 7370 | rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); |
| 7371 | goto again; |
| 7372 | } |
| 7373 | break; |
| 7374 | } |
| 7375 | |
| 7376 | /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */ |
| 7377 | branch_bit = 0; |
| 7378 | switch (r_type) |
| 7379 | { |
| 7380 | default: |
| 7381 | break; |
| 7382 | |
| 7383 | /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */ |
| 7384 | case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: |
| 7385 | case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: |
| 7386 | branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; |
| 7387 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 7388 | |
| 7389 | /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */ |
| 7390 | case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: |
| 7391 | case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: |
| 7392 | { |
| 7393 | unsigned int insn; |
| 7394 | |
| 7395 | insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 7396 | insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; |
| 7397 | insn |= branch_bit; |
| 7398 | |
| 7399 | from = (rel->r_offset |
| 7400 | + input_section->output_offset |
| 7401 | + input_section->output_section->vma); |
| 7402 | |
| 7403 | /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */ |
| 7404 | if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0) |
| 7405 | insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; |
| 7406 | |
| 7407 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 7408 | } |
| 7409 | break; |
| 7410 | |
| 7411 | case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: |
| 7412 | { |
| 7413 | unsigned int insn; |
| 7414 | |
| 7415 | insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, |
| 7416 | contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| 7417 | if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 |
| 7418 | && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0) |
| 7419 | { |
| 7420 | if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 7421 | { |
| 7422 | /* Convert addis to lis. */ |
| 7423 | insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); |
| 7424 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, |
| 7425 | contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| 7426 | } |
| 7427 | } |
| 7428 | else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 7429 | info->callbacks->einfo |
| 7430 | (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"), |
| 7431 | input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 7432 | "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn); |
| 7433 | } |
| 7434 | break; |
| 7435 | } |
| 7436 | |
| 7437 | if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 7438 | && h != NULL |
| 7439 | && !h->def_regular |
| 7440 | && h->protected_def |
| 7441 | && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha |
| 7442 | && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo |
| 7443 | && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) |
| 7444 | { |
| 7445 | /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected |
| 7446 | variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */ |
| 7447 | unsigned int insn; |
| 7448 | |
| 7449 | if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) |
| 7450 | { |
| 7451 | insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, |
| 7452 | contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| 7453 | if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (15u << 26) |
| 7454 | && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */) |
| 7455 | { |
| 7456 | bfd_byte *p; |
| 7457 | bfd_vma off; |
| 7458 | bfd_vma got_addr; |
| 7459 | |
| 7460 | p = (contents + input_section->size |
| 7461 | - relax_info->workaround_size |
| 7462 | - relax_info->picfixup_size |
| 7463 | + picfixup_size); |
| 7464 | off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| 7465 | if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0) |
| 7466 | info->callbacks->einfo |
| 7467 | (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"), |
| 7468 | input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); |
| 7469 | |
| 7470 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off, |
| 7471 | contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| 7472 | got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 7473 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset |
| 7474 | + (h->got.offset & ~1)); |
| 7475 | wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset; |
| 7476 | wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); |
| 7477 | wrel->r_addend = got_addr; |
| 7478 | insn &= ~0xffff; |
| 7479 | insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; |
| 7480 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); |
| 7481 | |
| 7482 | /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */ |
| 7483 | insn &= ~0xffff; |
| 7484 | insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26; |
| 7485 | insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5; |
| 7486 | insn |= got_addr & 0xffff; |
| 7487 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4); |
| 7488 | |
| 7489 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8); |
| 7490 | picfixup_size += 12; |
| 7491 | |
| 7492 | /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs |
| 7493 | output is reasonable. */ |
| 7494 | memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel)); |
| 7495 | wrel++, rel++; |
| 7496 | rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4; |
| 7497 | rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); |
| 7498 | rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend; |
| 7499 | |
| 7500 | /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output |
| 7501 | dynamic reloc. */ |
| 7502 | r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; |
| 7503 | } |
| 7504 | else |
| 7505 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 7506 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 7507 | (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: " |
| 7508 | "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"), |
| 7509 | input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, |
| 7510 | "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn); |
| 7511 | } |
| 7512 | else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO) |
| 7513 | { |
| 7514 | insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, |
| 7515 | contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| 7516 | if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ |
| 7517 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ |
| 7518 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ |
| 7519 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ |
| 7520 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ |
| 7521 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ |
| 7522 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ |
| 7523 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ |
| 7524 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ |
| 7525 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ |
| 7526 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ |
| 7527 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ |
| 7528 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ |
| 7529 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ |
| 7530 | || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */ |
| 7531 | && (insn & 3) != 1) |
| 7532 | || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */ |
| 7533 | && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))) |
| 7534 | { |
| 7535 | /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */ |
| 7536 | relocation = 0; |
| 7537 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 7538 | rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type); |
| 7539 | } |
| 7540 | else |
| 7541 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 7542 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 7543 | (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: " |
| 7544 | "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"), |
| 7545 | input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, |
| 7546 | "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn); |
| 7547 | } |
| 7548 | } |
| 7549 | |
| 7550 | ifunc = NULL; |
| 7551 | if (!htab->is_vxworks) |
| 7552 | { |
| 7553 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 7554 | |
| 7555 | if (h != NULL) |
| 7556 | { |
| 7557 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 7558 | ifunc = &h->plt.plist; |
| 7559 | } |
| 7560 | else if (local_got_offsets != NULL |
| 7561 | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 7562 | { |
| 7563 | struct plt_entry **local_plt; |
| 7564 | |
| 7565 | local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets |
| 7566 | + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 7567 | ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx; |
| 7568 | } |
| 7569 | |
| 7570 | ent = NULL; |
| 7571 | if (ifunc != NULL |
| 7572 | && (!bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 7573 | || is_branch_reloc (r_type) |
| 7574 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO |
| 7575 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI |
| 7576 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) |
| 7577 | { |
| 7578 | addend = 0; |
| 7579 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 7580 | && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 |
| 7581 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO |
| 7582 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI |
| 7583 | || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) |
| 7584 | addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 7585 | ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend); |
| 7586 | } |
| 7587 | if (ent != NULL) |
| 7588 | { |
| 7589 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 7590 | && ent->sec != got2 |
| 7591 | && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW |
| 7592 | && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 7593 | || h == NULL |
| 7594 | || h->dynindx == -1)) |
| 7595 | { |
| 7596 | /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub |
| 7597 | for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in |
| 7598 | finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and |
| 7599 | apparently are using code compiled with |
| 7600 | -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code |
| 7601 | gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend |
| 7602 | whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or |
| 7603 | is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far |
| 7604 | into .got2). */ |
| 7605 | info->callbacks->einfo |
| 7606 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 7607 | (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"), |
| 7608 | input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name); |
| 7609 | } |
| 7610 | |
| 7611 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 7612 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW |
| 7613 | || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 7614 | || h == NULL |
| 7615 | || h->dynindx == -1) |
| 7616 | relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma |
| 7617 | + htab->glink->output_offset |
| 7618 | + (ent->glink_offset & ~1)); |
| 7619 | else |
| 7620 | relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 7621 | + htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 7622 | + ent->plt.offset); |
| 7623 | } |
| 7624 | } |
| 7625 | |
| 7626 | addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 7627 | save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc; |
| 7628 | howto = NULL; |
| 7629 | if (r_type < R_PPC_max) |
| 7630 | howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; |
| 7631 | |
| 7632 | switch (r_type) |
| 7633 | { |
| 7634 | default: |
| 7635 | break; |
| 7636 | |
| 7637 | case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: |
| 7638 | if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000) |
| 7639 | { |
| 7640 | bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); |
| 7641 | unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); |
| 7642 | if ((insn & ((0x3f << 26) | 0x1f << 16)) |
| 7643 | != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */) |
| 7644 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 7645 | info->callbacks->minfo |
| 7646 | (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"), |
| 7647 | input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name, insn); |
| 7648 | else |
| 7649 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); |
| 7650 | } |
| 7651 | break; |
| 7652 | |
| 7653 | case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: |
| 7654 | if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000) |
| 7655 | { |
| 7656 | bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); |
| 7657 | unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); |
| 7658 | insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); |
| 7659 | insn |= 2 << 16; |
| 7660 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); |
| 7661 | } |
| 7662 | break; |
| 7663 | } |
| 7664 | |
| 7665 | tls_type = 0; |
| 7666 | switch (r_type) |
| 7667 | { |
| 7668 | default: |
| 7669 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 7670 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), |
| 7671 | input_bfd, howto->name); |
| 7672 | |
| 7673 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 7674 | ret = FALSE; |
| 7675 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 7676 | |
| 7677 | case R_PPC_NONE: |
| 7678 | case R_PPC_TLS: |
| 7679 | case R_PPC_TLSGD: |
| 7680 | case R_PPC_TLSLD: |
| 7681 | case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: |
| 7682 | case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 7683 | case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 7684 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 7685 | |
| 7686 | /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's |
| 7687 | address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the |
| 7688 | symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the |
| 7689 | symbol and put the symbol value there. */ |
| 7690 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: |
| 7691 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: |
| 7692 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: |
| 7693 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: |
| 7694 | tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; |
| 7695 | goto dogot; |
| 7696 | |
| 7697 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: |
| 7698 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: |
| 7699 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: |
| 7700 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: |
| 7701 | tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; |
| 7702 | goto dogot; |
| 7703 | |
| 7704 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: |
| 7705 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: |
| 7706 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: |
| 7707 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: |
| 7708 | tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; |
| 7709 | goto dogot; |
| 7710 | |
| 7711 | case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: |
| 7712 | case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: |
| 7713 | case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: |
| 7714 | case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: |
| 7715 | tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; |
| 7716 | goto dogot; |
| 7717 | |
| 7718 | case R_PPC_GOT16: |
| 7719 | case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: |
| 7720 | case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: |
| 7721 | case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: |
| 7722 | tls_mask = 0; |
| 7723 | dogot: |
| 7724 | { |
| 7725 | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global |
| 7726 | offset table. */ |
| 7727 | bfd_vma off; |
| 7728 | bfd_vma *offp; |
| 7729 | unsigned long indx; |
| 7730 | |
| 7731 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 7732 | abort (); |
| 7733 | |
| 7734 | indx = 0; |
| 7735 | if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD) |
| 7736 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 7737 | offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset; |
| 7738 | else if (h != NULL) |
| 7739 | { |
| 7740 | if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 7741 | || h->dynindx == -1 |
| 7742 | || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h) |
| 7743 | || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) |
| 7744 | /* This is actually a static link, or it is a |
| 7745 | -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined |
| 7746 | locally, or the symbol was forced to be local |
| 7747 | because of a version file. */ |
| 7748 | ; |
| 7749 | else |
| 7750 | { |
| 7751 | indx = h->dynindx; |
| 7752 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 7753 | } |
| 7754 | offp = &h->got.offset; |
| 7755 | } |
| 7756 | else |
| 7757 | { |
| 7758 | if (local_got_offsets == NULL) |
| 7759 | abort (); |
| 7760 | offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; |
| 7761 | } |
| 7762 | |
| 7763 | /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the |
| 7764 | least significant bit to record whether we have already |
| 7765 | processed this entry. */ |
| 7766 | off = *offp; |
| 7767 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 7768 | off &= ~1; |
| 7769 | else |
| 7770 | { |
| 7771 | unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| 7772 | ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL |
| 7773 | | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE) |
| 7774 | : 0); |
| 7775 | |
| 7776 | if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset) |
| 7777 | tls_m = TLS_LD; |
| 7778 | else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0 |
| 7779 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 7780 | tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; |
| 7781 | |
| 7782 | /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym. |
| 7783 | Initialize them all. */ |
| 7784 | do |
| 7785 | { |
| 7786 | int tls_ty = 0; |
| 7787 | |
| 7788 | if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0) |
| 7789 | { |
| 7790 | tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; |
| 7791 | tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; |
| 7792 | } |
| 7793 | else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0) |
| 7794 | { |
| 7795 | tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; |
| 7796 | tls_m &= ~TLS_GD; |
| 7797 | } |
| 7798 | else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) |
| 7799 | { |
| 7800 | tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; |
| 7801 | tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL; |
| 7802 | } |
| 7803 | else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0) |
| 7804 | { |
| 7805 | tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; |
| 7806 | tls_m = 0; |
| 7807 | } |
| 7808 | |
| 7809 | /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */ |
| 7810 | if (indx != 0 |
| 7811 | || (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 7812 | && (h == NULL |
| 7813 | || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) |
| 7814 | && !(tls_ty != 0 |
| 7815 | && bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 7816 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))) |
| 7817 | { |
| 7818 | asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 7819 | bfd_byte * loc; |
| 7820 | |
| 7821 | if (ifunc != NULL) |
| 7822 | { |
| 7823 | rsec = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 7824 | if (indx == 0) |
| 7825 | htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; |
| 7826 | else if (is_static_defined (h)) |
| 7827 | htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; |
| 7828 | } |
| 7829 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 7830 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset |
| 7831 | + off); |
| 7832 | outrel.r_addend = 0; |
| 7833 | if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) |
| 7834 | { |
| 7835 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32); |
| 7836 | if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) |
| 7837 | { |
| 7838 | loc = rsec->contents; |
| 7839 | loc += (rsec->reloc_count++ |
| 7840 | * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); |
| 7841 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, |
| 7842 | &outrel, loc); |
| 7843 | outrel.r_offset += 4; |
| 7844 | outrel.r_info |
| 7845 | = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); |
| 7846 | } |
| 7847 | } |
| 7848 | else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) |
| 7849 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); |
| 7850 | else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL)) |
| 7851 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32); |
| 7852 | else if (indx != 0) |
| 7853 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT); |
| 7854 | else if (ifunc != NULL) |
| 7855 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); |
| 7856 | else |
| 7857 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); |
| 7858 | if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) |
| 7859 | { |
| 7860 | outrel.r_addend += relocation; |
| 7861 | if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL)) |
| 7862 | { |
| 7863 | if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) |
| 7864 | outrel.r_addend = 0; |
| 7865 | else |
| 7866 | outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma; |
| 7867 | } |
| 7868 | } |
| 7869 | loc = rsec->contents; |
| 7870 | loc += (rsec->reloc_count++ |
| 7871 | * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); |
| 7872 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
| 7873 | } |
| 7874 | |
| 7875 | /* Init the .got section contents if we're not |
| 7876 | emitting a reloc. */ |
| 7877 | else |
| 7878 | { |
| 7879 | bfd_vma value = relocation; |
| 7880 | |
| 7881 | if (tls_ty != 0) |
| 7882 | { |
| 7883 | if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) |
| 7884 | value = 0; |
| 7885 | else |
| 7886 | { |
| 7887 | if (tls_ty & TLS_LD) |
| 7888 | value = 0; |
| 7889 | else |
| 7890 | value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; |
| 7891 | if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL) |
| 7892 | value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET; |
| 7893 | } |
| 7894 | |
| 7895 | if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) |
| 7896 | { |
| 7897 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value, |
| 7898 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); |
| 7899 | value = 1; |
| 7900 | } |
| 7901 | } |
| 7902 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value, |
| 7903 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 7904 | } |
| 7905 | |
| 7906 | off += 4; |
| 7907 | if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) |
| 7908 | off += 4; |
| 7909 | } |
| 7910 | while (tls_m != 0); |
| 7911 | |
| 7912 | off = *offp; |
| 7913 | *offp = off | 1; |
| 7914 | } |
| 7915 | |
| 7916 | if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 7917 | abort (); |
| 7918 | |
| 7919 | if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0) |
| 7920 | { |
| 7921 | if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) |
| 7922 | { |
| 7923 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0 |
| 7924 | && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 7925 | off += 8; |
| 7926 | if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) |
| 7927 | { |
| 7928 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) |
| 7929 | off += 8; |
| 7930 | if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) |
| 7931 | { |
| 7932 | if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) |
| 7933 | off += 4; |
| 7934 | } |
| 7935 | } |
| 7936 | } |
| 7937 | } |
| 7938 | |
| 7939 | /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */ |
| 7940 | if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) |
| 7941 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 7942 | |
| 7943 | relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 7944 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset |
| 7945 | + off |
| 7946 | - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot)); |
| 7947 | |
| 7948 | /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense. |
| 7949 | x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is |
| 7950 | generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the |
| 7951 | got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */ |
| 7952 | if (addend != 0) |
| 7953 | info->callbacks->einfo |
| 7954 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 7955 | (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"), |
| 7956 | input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 7957 | howto->name, |
| 7958 | sym_name); |
| 7959 | } |
| 7960 | break; |
| 7961 | |
| 7962 | /* Relocations that need no special processing. */ |
| 7963 | case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: |
| 7964 | /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation |
| 7965 | at a symbol not in this object. */ |
| 7966 | if (unresolved_reloc) |
| 7967 | { |
| 7968 | (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info, |
| 7969 | h->root.root.string, |
| 7970 | input_bfd, |
| 7971 | input_section, |
| 7972 | rel->r_offset, |
| 7973 | TRUE); |
| 7974 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 7975 | } |
| 7976 | if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 7977 | { |
| 7978 | /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since |
| 7979 | the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More |
| 7980 | seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call |
| 7981 | stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to |
| 7982 | access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is |
| 7983 | local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking |
| 7984 | -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is |
| 7985 | _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */ |
| 7986 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 7987 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"), |
| 7988 | input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 7989 | h->root.root.string); |
| 7990 | } |
| 7991 | break; |
| 7992 | |
| 7993 | case R_PPC_DTPREL16: |
| 7994 | case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: |
| 7995 | case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: |
| 7996 | case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: |
| 7997 | if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) |
| 7998 | addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; |
| 7999 | break; |
| 8000 | |
| 8001 | /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared |
| 8002 | object. */ |
| 8003 | case R_PPC_TPREL16: |
| 8004 | case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: |
| 8005 | case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: |
| 8006 | case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: |
| 8007 | if (h != NULL |
| 8008 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 8009 | && h->dynindx == -1) |
| 8010 | { |
| 8011 | /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol |
| 8012 | resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since |
| 8013 | code using weak externs ought to check that they are |
| 8014 | defined before using them. */ |
| 8015 | bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset; |
| 8016 | unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); |
| 8017 | insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2); |
| 8018 | if (insn != 0) |
| 8019 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); |
| 8020 | break; |
| 8021 | } |
| 8022 | if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) |
| 8023 | addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; |
| 8024 | /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared |
| 8025 | libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in |
| 8026 | DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */ |
| 8027 | goto dodyn; |
| 8028 | |
| 8029 | case R_PPC_TPREL32: |
| 8030 | if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) |
| 8031 | addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; |
| 8032 | goto dodyn; |
| 8033 | |
| 8034 | case R_PPC_DTPREL32: |
| 8035 | if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) |
| 8036 | addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; |
| 8037 | goto dodyn; |
| 8038 | |
| 8039 | case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: |
| 8040 | relocation = 1; |
| 8041 | addend = 0; |
| 8042 | goto dodyn; |
| 8043 | |
| 8044 | case R_PPC_REL16: |
| 8045 | case R_PPC_REL16_LO: |
| 8046 | case R_PPC_REL16_HI: |
| 8047 | case R_PPC_REL16_HA: |
| 8048 | case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: |
| 8049 | break; |
| 8050 | |
| 8051 | case R_PPC_REL32: |
| 8052 | if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) |
| 8053 | break; |
| 8054 | /* fall through */ |
| 8055 | |
| 8056 | case R_PPC_ADDR32: |
| 8057 | case R_PPC_ADDR16: |
| 8058 | case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: |
| 8059 | case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: |
| 8060 | case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: |
| 8061 | case R_PPC_UADDR32: |
| 8062 | case R_PPC_UADDR16: |
| 8063 | goto dodyn; |
| 8064 | |
| 8065 | case R_PPC_VLE_REL8: |
| 8066 | case R_PPC_VLE_REL15: |
| 8067 | case R_PPC_VLE_REL24: |
| 8068 | case R_PPC_REL24: |
| 8069 | case R_PPC_REL14: |
| 8070 | case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: |
| 8071 | case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: |
| 8072 | /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be |
| 8073 | handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */ |
| 8074 | if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) |
| 8075 | || h == htab->elf.hgot) |
| 8076 | break; |
| 8077 | /* fall through */ |
| 8078 | |
| 8079 | case R_PPC_ADDR24: |
| 8080 | case R_PPC_ADDR14: |
| 8081 | case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: |
| 8082 | case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: |
| 8083 | if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 8084 | break; |
| 8085 | /* fall through */ |
| 8086 | |
| 8087 | dodyn: |
| 8088 | if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 |
| 8089 | || is_vxworks_tls) |
| 8090 | break; |
| 8091 | |
| 8092 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 8093 | ? ((h == NULL |
| 8094 | || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| 8095 | && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h)) |
| 8096 | || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))) |
| 8097 | : (h != NULL |
| 8098 | && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs != NULL)) |
| 8099 | { |
| 8100 | int skip; |
| 8101 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 8102 | asection *sreloc; |
| 8103 | long indx = 0; |
| 8104 | |
| 8105 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 8106 | fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to " |
| 8107 | "create relocation for %s\n", |
| 8108 | (h && h->root.root.string |
| 8109 | ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); |
| 8110 | #endif |
| 8111 | |
| 8112 | /* When generating a shared object, these relocations |
| 8113 | are copied into the output file to be resolved at run |
| 8114 | time. */ |
| 8115 | skip = 0; |
| 8116 | outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, |
| 8117 | input_section, |
| 8118 | rel->r_offset); |
| 8119 | if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 8120 | || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 8121 | skip = (int) outrel.r_offset; |
| 8122 | outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 8123 | + input_section->output_offset); |
| 8124 | |
| 8125 | /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */ |
| 8126 | if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0) |
| 8127 | || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0)) |
| 8128 | r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32; |
| 8129 | if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0) |
| 8130 | || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0)) |
| 8131 | r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16; |
| 8132 | |
| 8133 | if (skip) |
| 8134 | memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); |
| 8135 | else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 8136 | { |
| 8137 | indx = h->dynindx; |
| 8138 | BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1); |
| 8139 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 8140 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type); |
| 8141 | outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 8142 | } |
| 8143 | else |
| 8144 | { |
| 8145 | outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend; |
| 8146 | |
| 8147 | if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32) |
| 8148 | { |
| 8149 | if (ifunc != NULL) |
| 8150 | { |
| 8151 | /* If we get here when building a static |
| 8152 | executable, then the libc startup function |
| 8153 | responsible for applying indirect function |
| 8154 | relocations is going to complain about |
| 8155 | the reloc type. |
| 8156 | If we get here when building a dynamic |
| 8157 | executable, it will be because we have |
| 8158 | a text relocation. The dynamic loader |
| 8159 | will set the text segment writable and |
| 8160 | non-executable to apply text relocations. |
| 8161 | So we'll segfault when trying to run the |
| 8162 | indirection function to resolve the reloc. */ |
| 8163 | info->callbacks->einfo |
| 8164 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 8165 | (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect " |
| 8166 | "function %s unsupported\n"), |
| 8167 | input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8168 | howto->name, |
| 8169 | sym_name); |
| 8170 | ret = FALSE; |
| 8171 | } |
| 8172 | else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) |
| 8173 | ; |
| 8174 | else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) |
| 8175 | { |
| 8176 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 8177 | ret = FALSE; |
| 8178 | } |
| 8179 | else |
| 8180 | { |
| 8181 | asection *osec; |
| 8182 | |
| 8183 | /* We are turning this relocation into one |
| 8184 | against a section symbol. It would be |
| 8185 | proper to subtract the symbol's value, |
| 8186 | osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend, |
| 8187 | but ld.so expects buggy relocs. |
| 8188 | FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */ |
| 8189 | osec = sec->output_section; |
| 8190 | if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) |
| 8191 | { |
| 8192 | osec = htab->elf.tls_sec; |
| 8193 | indx = 0; |
| 8194 | } |
| 8195 | else |
| 8196 | { |
| 8197 | indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; |
| 8198 | if (indx == 0) |
| 8199 | { |
| 8200 | osec = htab->elf.text_index_section; |
| 8201 | indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; |
| 8202 | } |
| 8203 | BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0); |
| 8204 | } |
| 8205 | |
| 8206 | /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs. |
| 8207 | Don't leave the symbol value in the |
| 8208 | addend for them. */ |
| 8209 | if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type)) |
| 8210 | outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma; |
| 8211 | } |
| 8212 | |
| 8213 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type); |
| 8214 | } |
| 8215 | else if (ifunc != NULL) |
| 8216 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); |
| 8217 | else |
| 8218 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); |
| 8219 | } |
| 8220 | |
| 8221 | sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; |
| 8222 | if (ifunc) |
| 8223 | { |
| 8224 | sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 8225 | if (indx == 0) |
| 8226 | htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; |
| 8227 | else if (is_static_defined (h)) |
| 8228 | htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; |
| 8229 | } |
| 8230 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 8231 | return FALSE; |
| 8232 | |
| 8233 | loc = sreloc->contents; |
| 8234 | loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 8235 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
| 8236 | |
| 8237 | if (skip == -1) |
| 8238 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 8239 | |
| 8240 | /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory |
| 8241 | so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */ |
| 8242 | if (!skip) |
| 8243 | { |
| 8244 | relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0; |
| 8245 | addend = 0; |
| 8246 | break; |
| 8247 | } |
| 8248 | } |
| 8249 | break; |
| 8250 | |
| 8251 | case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: |
| 8252 | case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: |
| 8253 | if (h != NULL) |
| 8254 | { |
| 8255 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 8256 | bfd_vma got2_addend = 0; |
| 8257 | |
| 8258 | if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) |
| 8259 | { |
| 8260 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 8261 | got2_addend = addend; |
| 8262 | addend = 0; |
| 8263 | } |
| 8264 | ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend); |
| 8265 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) |
| 8266 | relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma |
| 8267 | + htab->glink->output_offset |
| 8268 | + ent->glink_offset); |
| 8269 | else |
| 8270 | relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 8271 | + htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 8272 | + ent->plt.offset); |
| 8273 | } |
| 8274 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 8275 | |
| 8276 | case R_PPC_RELAX: |
| 8277 | { |
| 8278 | const int *stub; |
| 8279 | size_t size; |
| 8280 | size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset; |
| 8281 | unsigned int insn; |
| 8282 | |
| 8283 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 8284 | { |
| 8285 | relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 8286 | + input_section->output_offset |
| 8287 | + rel->r_offset - 4); |
| 8288 | stub = shared_stub_entry; |
| 8289 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12); |
| 8290 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8); |
| 8291 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4); |
| 8292 | stub += 3; |
| 8293 | size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3; |
| 8294 | } |
| 8295 | else |
| 8296 | { |
| 8297 | stub = stub_entry; |
| 8298 | size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); |
| 8299 | } |
| 8300 | |
| 8301 | relocation += addend; |
| 8302 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| 8303 | relocation = 0; |
| 8304 | |
| 8305 | /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */ |
| 8306 | insn = *stub++; |
| 8307 | insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; |
| 8308 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); |
| 8309 | insn_offset += 4; |
| 8310 | |
| 8311 | insn = *stub++; |
| 8312 | insn |= relocation & 0xffff; |
| 8313 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); |
| 8314 | insn_offset += 4; |
| 8315 | size -= 2; |
| 8316 | |
| 8317 | while (size != 0) |
| 8318 | { |
| 8319 | insn = *stub++; |
| 8320 | --size; |
| 8321 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); |
| 8322 | insn_offset += 4; |
| 8323 | } |
| 8324 | |
| 8325 | /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop |
| 8326 | relocs to describe this relocation. */ |
| 8327 | BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE); |
| 8328 | /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */ |
| 8329 | wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset; |
| 8330 | wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); |
| 8331 | wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 8332 | memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel)); |
| 8333 | wrel++, rel++; |
| 8334 | wrel->r_offset += 4; |
| 8335 | wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); |
| 8336 | } |
| 8337 | continue; |
| 8338 | |
| 8339 | /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ |
| 8340 | case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: |
| 8341 | BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL); |
| 8342 | if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym)) |
| 8343 | { |
| 8344 | unresolved_reloc = TRUE; |
| 8345 | break; |
| 8346 | } |
| 8347 | relocation |
| 8348 | = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0], |
| 8349 | h, relocation, rel); |
| 8350 | addend = 0; |
| 8351 | break; |
| 8352 | |
| 8353 | /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ |
| 8354 | case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: |
| 8355 | BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL); |
| 8356 | if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym)) |
| 8357 | { |
| 8358 | unresolved_reloc = TRUE; |
| 8359 | break; |
| 8360 | } |
| 8361 | relocation |
| 8362 | = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1], |
| 8363 | h, relocation, rel); |
| 8364 | addend = 0; |
| 8365 | break; |
| 8366 | |
| 8367 | /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got |
| 8368 | section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating |
| 8369 | an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the |
| 8370 | AIX .toc section. */ |
| 8371 | case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */ |
| 8372 | if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) |
| 8373 | { |
| 8374 | unresolved_reloc = TRUE; |
| 8375 | break; |
| 8376 | } |
| 8377 | BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0 |
| 8378 | || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0); |
| 8379 | |
| 8380 | addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000; |
| 8381 | break; |
| 8382 | |
| 8383 | case R_PPC_PLTREL24: |
| 8384 | if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL) |
| 8385 | { |
| 8386 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 8387 | |
| 8388 | ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, |
| 8389 | bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0); |
| 8390 | if (ent == NULL |
| 8391 | || htab->elf.splt == NULL) |
| 8392 | { |
| 8393 | /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This |
| 8394 | happens when statically linking PIC code, or when |
| 8395 | using -Bsymbolic. */ |
| 8396 | } |
| 8397 | else |
| 8398 | { |
| 8399 | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the |
| 8400 | procedure linkage table. */ |
| 8401 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 8402 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) |
| 8403 | relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma |
| 8404 | + htab->glink->output_offset |
| 8405 | + ent->glink_offset); |
| 8406 | else |
| 8407 | relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 8408 | + htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 8409 | + ent->plt.offset); |
| 8410 | } |
| 8411 | } |
| 8412 | |
| 8413 | /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the |
| 8414 | addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. |
| 8415 | Don't apply it to the relocation field. */ |
| 8416 | addend = 0; |
| 8417 | break; |
| 8418 | |
| 8419 | case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: |
| 8420 | case R_PPC_PLTCALL: |
| 8421 | case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: |
| 8422 | case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: |
| 8423 | case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: |
| 8424 | plt_list = NULL; |
| 8425 | if (h != NULL) |
| 8426 | plt_list = &h->plt.plist; |
| 8427 | else if (ifunc != NULL) |
| 8428 | plt_list = ifunc; |
| 8429 | else if (local_got_offsets != NULL) |
| 8430 | { |
| 8431 | struct plt_entry **local_plt; |
| 8432 | local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets |
| 8433 | + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 8434 | plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx; |
| 8435 | } |
| 8436 | unresolved_reloc = TRUE; |
| 8437 | if (plt_list != NULL) |
| 8438 | { |
| 8439 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 8440 | |
| 8441 | ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2, |
| 8442 | bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0); |
| 8443 | if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 8444 | { |
| 8445 | asection *plt; |
| 8446 | |
| 8447 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 8448 | plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 8449 | if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 8450 | || h == NULL |
| 8451 | || h->dynindx == -1) |
| 8452 | { |
| 8453 | if (ifunc != NULL) |
| 8454 | plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| 8455 | else |
| 8456 | plt = htab->pltlocal; |
| 8457 | } |
| 8458 | relocation = (plt->output_section->vma |
| 8459 | + plt->output_offset |
| 8460 | + ent->plt.offset); |
| 8461 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 8462 | { |
| 8463 | bfd_vma got = 0; |
| 8464 | |
| 8465 | if (ent->addend >= 32768) |
| 8466 | got = (ent->addend |
| 8467 | + ent->sec->output_section->vma |
| 8468 | + ent->sec->output_offset); |
| 8469 | else |
| 8470 | got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); |
| 8471 | relocation -= got; |
| 8472 | } |
| 8473 | } |
| 8474 | } |
| 8475 | addend = 0; |
| 8476 | break; |
| 8477 | |
| 8478 | /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */ |
| 8479 | case R_PPC_SDAREL16: |
| 8480 | { |
| 8481 | const char *name; |
| 8482 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; |
| 8483 | |
| 8484 | if (sec == NULL |
| 8485 | || sec->output_section == NULL |
| 8486 | || !is_static_defined (sda)) |
| 8487 | { |
| 8488 | unresolved_reloc = TRUE; |
| 8489 | break; |
| 8490 | } |
| 8491 | addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); |
| 8492 | |
| 8493 | name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); |
| 8494 | if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 |
| 8495 | || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)) |
| 8496 | { |
| 8497 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 8498 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 8499 | (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " |
| 8500 | "in the wrong output section (%s)"), |
| 8501 | input_bfd, |
| 8502 | sym_name, |
| 8503 | howto->name, |
| 8504 | name); |
| 8505 | } |
| 8506 | } |
| 8507 | break; |
| 8508 | |
| 8509 | /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */ |
| 8510 | case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: |
| 8511 | { |
| 8512 | const char *name; |
| 8513 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; |
| 8514 | |
| 8515 | if (sec == NULL |
| 8516 | || sec->output_section == NULL |
| 8517 | || !is_static_defined (sda)) |
| 8518 | { |
| 8519 | unresolved_reloc = TRUE; |
| 8520 | break; |
| 8521 | } |
| 8522 | addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); |
| 8523 | |
| 8524 | name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); |
| 8525 | if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 |
| 8526 | || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)) |
| 8527 | { |
| 8528 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 8529 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 8530 | (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " |
| 8531 | "in the wrong output section (%s)"), |
| 8532 | input_bfd, |
| 8533 | sym_name, |
| 8534 | howto->name, |
| 8535 | name); |
| 8536 | } |
| 8537 | } |
| 8538 | break; |
| 8539 | |
| 8540 | case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A: |
| 8541 | relocation = relocation + addend; |
| 8542 | ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8543 | contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, |
| 8544 | split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); |
| 8545 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 8546 | |
| 8547 | case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D: |
| 8548 | relocation = relocation + addend; |
| 8549 | ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8550 | contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, |
| 8551 | split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); |
| 8552 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 8553 | |
| 8554 | case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A: |
| 8555 | relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16; |
| 8556 | ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8557 | contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, |
| 8558 | split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); |
| 8559 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 8560 | |
| 8561 | case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D: |
| 8562 | relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16; |
| 8563 | ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8564 | contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, |
| 8565 | split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); |
| 8566 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 8567 | |
| 8568 | case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A: |
| 8569 | relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16; |
| 8570 | ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8571 | contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, |
| 8572 | split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); |
| 8573 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 8574 | |
| 8575 | case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D: |
| 8576 | relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16; |
| 8577 | ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8578 | contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, |
| 8579 | split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); |
| 8580 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 8581 | |
| 8582 | /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */ |
| 8583 | case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: |
| 8584 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21: |
| 8585 | case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: |
| 8586 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: |
| 8587 | { |
| 8588 | const char *name; |
| 8589 | int reg; |
| 8590 | unsigned int insn; |
| 8591 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL; |
| 8592 | |
| 8593 | if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) |
| 8594 | { |
| 8595 | unresolved_reloc = TRUE; |
| 8596 | break; |
| 8597 | } |
| 8598 | |
| 8599 | name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); |
| 8600 | if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 |
| 8601 | || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) |
| 8602 | { |
| 8603 | reg = 13; |
| 8604 | sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; |
| 8605 | } |
| 8606 | else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 |
| 8607 | || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0) |
| 8608 | { |
| 8609 | reg = 2; |
| 8610 | sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; |
| 8611 | } |
| 8612 | else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0 |
| 8613 | || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0) |
| 8614 | { |
| 8615 | reg = 0; |
| 8616 | } |
| 8617 | else |
| 8618 | { |
| 8619 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 8620 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 8621 | (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " |
| 8622 | "in the wrong output section (%s)"), |
| 8623 | input_bfd, |
| 8624 | sym_name, |
| 8625 | howto->name, |
| 8626 | name); |
| 8627 | |
| 8628 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 8629 | ret = FALSE; |
| 8630 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 8631 | } |
| 8632 | |
| 8633 | if (sda != NULL) |
| 8634 | { |
| 8635 | if (!is_static_defined (sda)) |
| 8636 | { |
| 8637 | unresolved_reloc = TRUE; |
| 8638 | break; |
| 8639 | } |
| 8640 | addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); |
| 8641 | } |
| 8642 | |
| 8643 | if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA) |
| 8644 | break; |
| 8645 | |
| 8646 | /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface |
| 8647 | version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 |
| 8648 | operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and |
| 8649 | GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on |
| 8650 | a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file |
| 8651 | producers that possibly comply with the EABI in |
| 8652 | generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */ |
| 8653 | if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21) |
| 8654 | rel->r_offset &= ~1; |
| 8655 | |
| 8656 | insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 8657 | if (reg == 0 |
| 8658 | && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 |
| 8659 | || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO)) |
| 8660 | { |
| 8661 | relocation = relocation + addend; |
| 8662 | addend = 0; |
| 8663 | |
| 8664 | /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */ |
| 8665 | insn &= 0x1f << 21; |
| 8666 | insn |= 28u << 26; |
| 8667 | |
| 8668 | /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */ |
| 8669 | /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */ |
| 8670 | insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5; |
| 8671 | /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */ |
| 8672 | insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5; |
| 8673 | /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */ |
| 8674 | insn |= relocation & 0x7ff; |
| 8675 | |
| 8676 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 8677 | |
| 8678 | if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 |
| 8679 | && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000) |
| 8680 | goto overflow; |
| 8681 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 8682 | } |
| 8683 | /* Fill in register field. */ |
| 8684 | insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT); |
| 8685 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 8686 | } |
| 8687 | break; |
| 8688 | |
| 8689 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: |
| 8690 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: |
| 8691 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: |
| 8692 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: |
| 8693 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: |
| 8694 | case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: |
| 8695 | { |
| 8696 | bfd_vma value; |
| 8697 | const char *name; |
| 8698 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL; |
| 8699 | |
| 8700 | if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) |
| 8701 | { |
| 8702 | unresolved_reloc = TRUE; |
| 8703 | break; |
| 8704 | } |
| 8705 | |
| 8706 | name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); |
| 8707 | if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 |
| 8708 | || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) |
| 8709 | sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; |
| 8710 | else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 |
| 8711 | || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0) |
| 8712 | sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; |
| 8713 | else |
| 8714 | { |
| 8715 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 8716 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 8717 | (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " |
| 8718 | "in the wrong output section (%s)"), |
| 8719 | input_bfd, |
| 8720 | sym_name, |
| 8721 | howto->name, |
| 8722 | name); |
| 8723 | |
| 8724 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 8725 | ret = FALSE; |
| 8726 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 8727 | } |
| 8728 | |
| 8729 | if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda)) |
| 8730 | { |
| 8731 | unresolved_reloc = TRUE; |
| 8732 | break; |
| 8733 | } |
| 8734 | value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda); |
| 8735 | |
| 8736 | if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A) |
| 8737 | ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8738 | contents + rel->r_offset, value, |
| 8739 | split16a_type, |
| 8740 | htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); |
| 8741 | else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D) |
| 8742 | ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8743 | contents + rel->r_offset, value, |
| 8744 | split16d_type, |
| 8745 | htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); |
| 8746 | else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A) |
| 8747 | { |
| 8748 | value = value >> 16; |
| 8749 | ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8750 | contents + rel->r_offset, value, |
| 8751 | split16a_type, |
| 8752 | htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); |
| 8753 | } |
| 8754 | else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D) |
| 8755 | { |
| 8756 | value = value >> 16; |
| 8757 | ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8758 | contents + rel->r_offset, value, |
| 8759 | split16d_type, |
| 8760 | htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); |
| 8761 | } |
| 8762 | else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A) |
| 8763 | { |
| 8764 | value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16; |
| 8765 | ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8766 | contents + rel->r_offset, value, |
| 8767 | split16a_type, |
| 8768 | htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); |
| 8769 | } |
| 8770 | else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D) |
| 8771 | { |
| 8772 | value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16; |
| 8773 | ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8774 | contents + rel->r_offset, value, |
| 8775 | split16d_type, |
| 8776 | htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); |
| 8777 | } |
| 8778 | } |
| 8779 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 8780 | |
| 8781 | case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20: |
| 8782 | ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, relocation); |
| 8783 | continue; |
| 8784 | |
| 8785 | /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */ |
| 8786 | case R_PPC_SECTOFF: |
| 8787 | case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: |
| 8788 | case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: |
| 8789 | case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: |
| 8790 | if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) |
| 8791 | { |
| 8792 | unresolved_reloc = TRUE; |
| 8793 | break; |
| 8794 | } |
| 8795 | addend -= sec->output_section->vma; |
| 8796 | break; |
| 8797 | |
| 8798 | /* Negative relocations. */ |
| 8799 | case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: |
| 8800 | case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: |
| 8801 | case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: |
| 8802 | case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: |
| 8803 | case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: |
| 8804 | addend -= 2 * relocation; |
| 8805 | break; |
| 8806 | |
| 8807 | case R_PPC_COPY: |
| 8808 | case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: |
| 8809 | case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: |
| 8810 | case R_PPC_RELATIVE: |
| 8811 | case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: |
| 8812 | case R_PPC_PLT32: |
| 8813 | case R_PPC_PLTREL32: |
| 8814 | case R_PPC_ADDR30: |
| 8815 | case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: |
| 8816 | case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: |
| 8817 | case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: |
| 8818 | case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: |
| 8819 | case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: |
| 8820 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 8821 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), |
| 8822 | input_bfd, howto->name); |
| 8823 | |
| 8824 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 8825 | ret = FALSE; |
| 8826 | goto copy_reloc; |
| 8827 | } |
| 8828 | |
| 8829 | switch (r_type) |
| 8830 | { |
| 8831 | default: |
| 8832 | break; |
| 8833 | |
| 8834 | case R_PPC_PLTCALL: |
| 8835 | if (unresolved_reloc) |
| 8836 | { |
| 8837 | bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset; |
| 8838 | unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); |
| 8839 | insn &= 1; |
| 8840 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p); |
| 8841 | unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc; |
| 8842 | r_type = R_PPC_REL24; |
| 8843 | howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; |
| 8844 | } |
| 8845 | else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) |
| 8846 | info->callbacks->einfo |
| 8847 | (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"), |
| 8848 | input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8849 | howto->name); |
| 8850 | break; |
| 8851 | |
| 8852 | case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: |
| 8853 | case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: |
| 8854 | case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: |
| 8855 | if (unresolved_reloc) |
| 8856 | { |
| 8857 | bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); |
| 8858 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); |
| 8859 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 8860 | r_type = R_PPC_NONE; |
| 8861 | howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; |
| 8862 | } |
| 8863 | else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) |
| 8864 | info->callbacks->einfo |
| 8865 | (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"), |
| 8866 | input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8867 | howto->name); |
| 8868 | break; |
| 8869 | } |
| 8870 | |
| 8871 | /* Do any further special processing. */ |
| 8872 | switch (r_type) |
| 8873 | { |
| 8874 | default: |
| 8875 | break; |
| 8876 | |
| 8877 | case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: |
| 8878 | case R_PPC_REL16_HA: |
| 8879 | case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: |
| 8880 | case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: |
| 8881 | case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: |
| 8882 | case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: |
| 8883 | case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: |
| 8884 | case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: |
| 8885 | /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol |
| 8886 | that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case, |
| 8887 | 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol |
| 8888 | alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */ |
| 8889 | if (sec == NULL) |
| 8890 | break; |
| 8891 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 8892 | |
| 8893 | case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: |
| 8894 | case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: |
| 8895 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: |
| 8896 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: |
| 8897 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: |
| 8898 | case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: |
| 8899 | /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set. |
| 8900 | Bits 0:15 are not used. */ |
| 8901 | addend += 0x8000; |
| 8902 | break; |
| 8903 | |
| 8904 | case R_PPC_ADDR16: |
| 8905 | case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: |
| 8906 | case R_PPC_GOT16: |
| 8907 | case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: |
| 8908 | case R_PPC_SDAREL16: |
| 8909 | case R_PPC_SECTOFF: |
| 8910 | case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: |
| 8911 | case R_PPC_DTPREL16: |
| 8912 | case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: |
| 8913 | case R_PPC_TPREL16: |
| 8914 | case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: |
| 8915 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: |
| 8916 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: |
| 8917 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: |
| 8918 | case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: |
| 8919 | case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: |
| 8920 | case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: |
| 8921 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: |
| 8922 | case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: |
| 8923 | { |
| 8924 | /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with |
| 8925 | certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits |
| 8926 | that make up part of the insn opcode. */ |
| 8927 | unsigned int insn, mask, lobit; |
| 8928 | |
| 8929 | insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, |
| 8930 | contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| 8931 | mask = 0; |
| 8932 | if (is_insn_ds_form (insn)) |
| 8933 | mask = 3; |
| 8934 | else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn)) |
| 8935 | mask = 15; |
| 8936 | else |
| 8937 | break; |
| 8938 | relocation += addend; |
| 8939 | addend = insn & mask; |
| 8940 | lobit = mask & relocation; |
| 8941 | if (lobit != 0) |
| 8942 | { |
| 8943 | relocation ^= lobit; |
| 8944 | info->callbacks->einfo |
| 8945 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 8946 | (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"), |
| 8947 | input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8948 | howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1); |
| 8949 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 8950 | ret = FALSE; |
| 8951 | } |
| 8952 | } |
| 8953 | break; |
| 8954 | } |
| 8955 | |
| 8956 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 8957 | fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, " |
| 8958 | "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n", |
| 8959 | howto->name, |
| 8960 | (int) r_type, |
| 8961 | sym_name, |
| 8962 | r_symndx, |
| 8963 | (long) rel->r_offset, |
| 8964 | (long) addend); |
| 8965 | #endif |
| 8966 | |
| 8967 | if (unresolved_reloc |
| 8968 | && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 |
| 8969 | && h->def_dynamic) |
| 8970 | && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, |
| 8971 | rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 8972 | { |
| 8973 | info->callbacks->einfo |
| 8974 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 8975 | (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"), |
| 8976 | input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 8977 | howto->name, |
| 8978 | sym_name); |
| 8979 | ret = FALSE; |
| 8980 | } |
| 8981 | |
| 8982 | /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a |
| 8983 | few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should |
| 8984 | have different reloc types. */ |
| 8985 | if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont |
| 8986 | && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff |
| 8987 | && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| 8988 | { |
| 8989 | enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed; |
| 8990 | |
| 8991 | if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0) |
| 8992 | { |
| 8993 | unsigned int insn; |
| 8994 | |
| 8995 | insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3)); |
| 8996 | if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */) |
| 8997 | complain = complain_overflow_bitfield; |
| 8998 | else if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */ |
| 8999 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */ |
| 9000 | || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */) |
| 9001 | complain = complain_overflow_unsigned; |
| 9002 | } |
| 9003 | if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain) |
| 9004 | { |
| 9005 | alt_howto = *howto; |
| 9006 | alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain; |
| 9007 | howto = &alt_howto; |
| 9008 | } |
| 9009 | } |
| 9010 | |
| 9011 | if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA) |
| 9012 | { |
| 9013 | /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */ |
| 9014 | if (rel->r_offset + 4 > input_section->size) |
| 9015 | r = bfd_reloc_outofrange; |
| 9016 | else |
| 9017 | { |
| 9018 | unsigned int insn; |
| 9019 | |
| 9020 | relocation += addend; |
| 9021 | relocation -= (rel->r_offset |
| 9022 | + input_section->output_offset |
| 9023 | + input_section->output_section->vma); |
| 9024 | relocation >>= 16; |
| 9025 | insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 9026 | insn &= ~0x1fffc1; |
| 9027 | insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15); |
| 9028 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 9029 | r = bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 9030 | } |
| 9031 | } |
| 9032 | else |
| 9033 | r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, |
| 9034 | rel->r_offset, relocation, addend); |
| 9035 | |
| 9036 | if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) |
| 9037 | { |
| 9038 | if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow) |
| 9039 | { |
| 9040 | overflow: |
| 9041 | /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow |
| 9042 | on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */ |
| 9043 | if (!warned |
| 9044 | && !(h != NULL |
| 9045 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 9046 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) |
| 9047 | && is_branch_reloc (r_type))) |
| 9048 | info->callbacks->reloc_overflow |
| 9049 | (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name, |
| 9050 | rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); |
| 9051 | } |
| 9052 | else |
| 9053 | { |
| 9054 | info->callbacks->einfo |
| 9055 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 9056 | (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"), |
| 9057 | input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| 9058 | howto->name, sym_name, (int) r); |
| 9059 | ret = FALSE; |
| 9060 | } |
| 9061 | } |
| 9062 | copy_reloc: |
| 9063 | if (wrel != rel) |
| 9064 | *wrel = *rel; |
| 9065 | } |
| 9066 | |
| 9067 | if (wrel != rel) |
| 9068 | { |
| 9069 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
| 9070 | size_t deleted = rel - wrel; |
| 9071 | |
| 9072 | rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section); |
| 9073 | rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; |
| 9074 | if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0) |
| 9075 | { |
| 9076 | /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave |
| 9077 | one NONE reloc. |
| 9078 | ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */ |
| 9079 | rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize; |
| 9080 | deleted -= 1; |
| 9081 | wrel++; |
| 9082 | } |
| 9083 | relend = wrel; |
| 9084 | rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section); |
| 9085 | rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; |
| 9086 | input_section->reloc_count -= deleted; |
| 9087 | } |
| 9088 | |
| 9089 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 9090 | fprintf (stderr, "\n"); |
| 9091 | #endif |
| 9092 | |
| 9093 | if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET |
| 9094 | && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize |
| 9095 | && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 |
| 9096 | || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0)) |
| 9097 | { |
| 9098 | /* Branch around the trampolines. */ |
| 9099 | unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize; |
| 9100 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize); |
| 9101 | } |
| 9102 | |
| 9103 | if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround |
| 9104 | && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET |
| 9105 | && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) |
| 9106 | || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power |
| 9107 | >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))) |
| 9108 | { |
| 9109 | bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr; |
| 9110 | bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; |
| 9111 | |
| 9112 | if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0) |
| 9113 | { |
| 9114 | bfd_byte *p; |
| 9115 | unsigned int n; |
| 9116 | bfd_byte fill[4]; |
| 9117 | |
| 9118 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill); |
| 9119 | p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size; |
| 9120 | n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2; |
| 9121 | while (n--) |
| 9122 | { |
| 9123 | memcpy (p, fill, 4); |
| 9124 | p += 4; |
| 9125 | } |
| 9126 | } |
| 9127 | |
| 9128 | /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a |
| 9129 | branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a |
| 9130 | branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by |
| 9131 | needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not |
| 9132 | wanting to touch data-in-text. */ |
| 9133 | |
| 9134 | start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 9135 | + input_section->output_offset); |
| 9136 | end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size |
| 9137 | - relax_info->workaround_size); |
| 9138 | for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4); |
| 9139 | addr < end_addr; |
| 9140 | addr += pagesize) |
| 9141 | { |
| 9142 | bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr; |
| 9143 | Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi; |
| 9144 | bfd_boolean is_data; |
| 9145 | bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr; |
| 9146 | unsigned int insn; |
| 9147 | |
| 9148 | /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave |
| 9149 | the word alone. */ |
| 9150 | is_data = FALSE; |
| 9151 | lo = relocs; |
| 9152 | hi = relend; |
| 9153 | rel = NULL; |
| 9154 | while (lo < hi) |
| 9155 | { |
| 9156 | rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2; |
| 9157 | if (rel->r_offset < offset) |
| 9158 | lo = rel + 1; |
| 9159 | else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3) |
| 9160 | hi = rel; |
| 9161 | else |
| 9162 | { |
| 9163 | switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) |
| 9164 | { |
| 9165 | case R_PPC_ADDR32: |
| 9166 | case R_PPC_UADDR32: |
| 9167 | case R_PPC_REL32: |
| 9168 | case R_PPC_ADDR30: |
| 9169 | is_data = TRUE; |
| 9170 | break; |
| 9171 | default: |
| 9172 | break; |
| 9173 | } |
| 9174 | break; |
| 9175 | } |
| 9176 | } |
| 9177 | if (is_data) |
| 9178 | continue; |
| 9179 | |
| 9180 | /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional |
| 9181 | branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl), |
| 9182 | avoid the icache failure. |
| 9183 | |
| 9184 | The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary |
| 9185 | where stale instructions can be fetched from the next |
| 9186 | page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad |
| 9187 | instructions fails under certain circumstances. The |
| 9188 | unconditional branches: |
| 9189 | 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla, |
| 9190 | 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla, |
| 9191 | 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl, |
| 9192 | where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional, |
| 9193 | prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is |
| 9194 | affected by these instructions. This happens even if the |
| 9195 | instruction is not executed. |
| 9196 | |
| 9197 | A bctr example: |
| 9198 | . |
| 9199 | . lis 9,new_page@ha |
| 9200 | . addi 9,9,new_page@l |
| 9201 | . mtctr 9 |
| 9202 | . bctr |
| 9203 | . nop |
| 9204 | . nop |
| 9205 | . new_page: |
| 9206 | . |
| 9207 | The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being |
| 9208 | ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the |
| 9209 | new page which might have stale instructions. If they |
| 9210 | fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the |
| 9211 | bctr executes. Either of the following modifications |
| 9212 | prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first |
| 9213 | place: |
| 9214 | . |
| 9215 | . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha |
| 9216 | . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l |
| 9217 | . mtctr 9 mtctr 9 |
| 9218 | . bctr bctr |
| 9219 | . nop b somewhere_else |
| 9220 | . b somewhere_else nop |
| 9221 | . new_page: new_page: |
| 9222 | . */ |
| 9223 | insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset); |
| 9224 | if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */ |
| 9225 | || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/ |
| 9226 | && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */ |
| 9227 | || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (19u << 26) |
| 9228 | && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */ |
| 9229 | && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */ |
| 9230 | continue; |
| 9231 | |
| 9232 | patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size |
| 9233 | - relax_info->workaround_size); |
| 9234 | patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16; |
| 9235 | patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr; |
| 9236 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset); |
| 9237 | |
| 9238 | if (rel != NULL |
| 9239 | && rel->r_offset >= offset |
| 9240 | && rel->r_offset < offset + 4) |
| 9241 | { |
| 9242 | asection *sreloc; |
| 9243 | |
| 9244 | /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the |
| 9245 | reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved |
| 9246 | location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */ |
| 9247 | if (rel + 1 != relend) |
| 9248 | { |
| 9249 | Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel; |
| 9250 | |
| 9251 | /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */ |
| 9252 | memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel)); |
| 9253 | relend[-1] = tmp; |
| 9254 | } |
| 9255 | relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset; |
| 9256 | |
| 9257 | /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */ |
| 9258 | switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info)) |
| 9259 | { |
| 9260 | case R_PPC_REL16: |
| 9261 | case R_PPC_REL16_LO: |
| 9262 | case R_PPC_REL16_HI: |
| 9263 | case R_PPC_REL16_HA: |
| 9264 | relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset; |
| 9265 | break; |
| 9266 | default: |
| 9267 | break; |
| 9268 | } |
| 9269 | |
| 9270 | /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with |
| 9271 | non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too? |
| 9272 | If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */ |
| 9273 | sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; |
| 9274 | if (sreloc != NULL) |
| 9275 | { |
| 9276 | Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend; |
| 9277 | bfd_vma soffset; |
| 9278 | |
| 9279 | slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents; |
| 9280 | shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count; |
| 9281 | soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma |
| 9282 | + input_section->output_offset); |
| 9283 | while (slo < shi) |
| 9284 | { |
| 9285 | Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2; |
| 9286 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel, |
| 9287 | &outrel); |
| 9288 | if (outrel.r_offset < soffset) |
| 9289 | slo = srel + 1; |
| 9290 | else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3) |
| 9291 | shi = srel; |
| 9292 | else |
| 9293 | { |
| 9294 | if (srel + 1 != srelend) |
| 9295 | { |
| 9296 | memmove (srel, srel + 1, |
| 9297 | (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel)); |
| 9298 | srel = srelend - 1; |
| 9299 | } |
| 9300 | outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset; |
| 9301 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, |
| 9302 | (bfd_byte *) srel); |
| 9303 | break; |
| 9304 | } |
| 9305 | } |
| 9306 | } |
| 9307 | } |
| 9308 | else |
| 9309 | rel = NULL; |
| 9310 | |
| 9311 | if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */ |
| 9312 | && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */) |
| 9313 | { |
| 9314 | bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; |
| 9315 | |
| 9316 | delta += offset - patch_off; |
| 9317 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL) |
| 9318 | delta = 0; |
| 9319 | if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL) |
| 9320 | { |
| 9321 | enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; |
| 9322 | |
| 9323 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info); |
| 9324 | if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN) |
| 9325 | insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; |
| 9326 | else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN) |
| 9327 | insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; |
| 9328 | else |
| 9329 | BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14); |
| 9330 | |
| 9331 | if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN |
| 9332 | || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN) |
| 9333 | && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000 |
| 9334 | && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0) |
| 9335 | insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; |
| 9336 | } |
| 9337 | if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000) |
| 9338 | { |
| 9339 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, |
| 9340 | (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc), |
| 9341 | contents + patch_off); |
| 9342 | patch_off += 4; |
| 9343 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, |
| 9344 | B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), |
| 9345 | contents + patch_off); |
| 9346 | patch_off += 4; |
| 9347 | } |
| 9348 | else |
| 9349 | { |
| 9350 | if (rel != NULL) |
| 9351 | { |
| 9352 | unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info); |
| 9353 | |
| 9354 | relend[-1].r_offset += 8; |
| 9355 | relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24); |
| 9356 | } |
| 9357 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, |
| 9358 | (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8, |
| 9359 | contents + patch_off); |
| 9360 | patch_off += 4; |
| 9361 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, |
| 9362 | B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), |
| 9363 | contents + patch_off); |
| 9364 | patch_off += 4; |
| 9365 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, |
| 9366 | B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc), |
| 9367 | contents + patch_off); |
| 9368 | patch_off += 4; |
| 9369 | } |
| 9370 | } |
| 9371 | else |
| 9372 | { |
| 9373 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off); |
| 9374 | patch_off += 4; |
| 9375 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, |
| 9376 | B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), |
| 9377 | contents + patch_off); |
| 9378 | patch_off += 4; |
| 9379 | } |
| 9380 | BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size); |
| 9381 | relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off; |
| 9382 | } |
| 9383 | } |
| 9384 | |
| 9385 | return ret; |
| 9386 | } |
| 9387 | \f |
| 9388 | /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */ |
| 9389 | |
| 9390 | static bfd_boolean |
| 9391 | write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| 9392 | { |
| 9393 | struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 9394 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 9395 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 9396 | bfd_boolean doneone; |
| 9397 | |
| 9398 | doneone = FALSE; |
| 9399 | for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| 9400 | if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 9401 | { |
| 9402 | if (!doneone) |
| 9403 | { |
| 9404 | Elf_Internal_Rela rela; |
| 9405 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 9406 | bfd_vma reloc_index; |
| 9407 | asection *plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 9408 | asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 9409 | |
| 9410 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW |
| 9411 | || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 9412 | || h->dynindx == -1) |
| 9413 | reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4; |
| 9414 | else |
| 9415 | { |
| 9416 | reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) |
| 9417 | / htab->plt_slot_size); |
| 9418 | if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES |
| 9419 | && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) |
| 9420 | reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2; |
| 9421 | } |
| 9422 | |
| 9423 | /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. |
| 9424 | Set it up. */ |
| 9425 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS |
| 9426 | && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 9427 | && h->dynindx != -1) |
| 9428 | { |
| 9429 | bfd_vma got_offset; |
| 9430 | const bfd_vma *plt_entry; |
| 9431 | |
| 9432 | /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */ |
| 9433 | got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4; |
| 9434 | |
| 9435 | /* Use the right PLT. */ |
| 9436 | plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry |
| 9437 | : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry; |
| 9438 | |
| 9439 | /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */ |
| 9440 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 9441 | { |
| 9442 | bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, |
| 9443 | plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset), |
| 9444 | plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); |
| 9445 | bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, |
| 9446 | plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset), |
| 9447 | plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); |
| 9448 | } |
| 9449 | else |
| 9450 | { |
| 9451 | bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); |
| 9452 | |
| 9453 | bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, |
| 9454 | plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc), |
| 9455 | plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); |
| 9456 | bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, |
| 9457 | plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc), |
| 9458 | plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); |
| 9459 | } |
| 9460 | |
| 9461 | bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2], |
| 9462 | plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8); |
| 9463 | bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3], |
| 9464 | plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12); |
| 9465 | |
| 9466 | /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is |
| 9467 | the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the |
| 9468 | start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the |
| 9469 | low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */ |
| 9470 | /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a |
| 9471 | prescaled offset. */ |
| 9472 | bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, |
| 9473 | plt_entry[4] | reloc_index, |
| 9474 | plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16); |
| 9475 | /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is |
| 9476 | the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch |
| 9477 | instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry. |
| 9478 | The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value |
| 9479 | stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit |
| 9480 | offset. */ |
| 9481 | bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, |
| 9482 | (plt_entry[5] |
| 9483 | | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)), |
| 9484 | plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20); |
| 9485 | bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6], |
| 9486 | plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24); |
| 9487 | bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7], |
| 9488 | plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28); |
| 9489 | |
| 9490 | /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with |
| 9491 | the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction |
| 9492 | in this PLT entry. */ |
| 9493 | bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma |
| 9494 | + plt->output_offset |
| 9495 | + ent->plt.offset + 16), |
| 9496 | htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset); |
| 9497 | |
| 9498 | if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 9499 | { |
| 9500 | /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */ |
| 9501 | loc = htab->srelplt2->contents |
| 9502 | + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index |
| 9503 | * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS) |
| 9504 | * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); |
| 9505 | |
| 9506 | /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ |
| 9507 | rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma |
| 9508 | + plt->output_offset |
| 9509 | + ent->plt.offset + 2); |
| 9510 | rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, |
| 9511 | R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); |
| 9512 | rela.r_addend = got_offset; |
| 9513 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); |
| 9514 | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 9515 | |
| 9516 | /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ |
| 9517 | rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma |
| 9518 | + plt->output_offset |
| 9519 | + ent->plt.offset + 6); |
| 9520 | rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, |
| 9521 | R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); |
| 9522 | rela.r_addend = got_offset; |
| 9523 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); |
| 9524 | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 9525 | |
| 9526 | /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this |
| 9527 | PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */ |
| 9528 | rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 9529 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 9530 | + got_offset); |
| 9531 | rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, |
| 9532 | R_PPC_ADDR32); |
| 9533 | rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16; |
| 9534 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); |
| 9535 | } |
| 9536 | |
| 9537 | /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT. |
| 9538 | In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the |
| 9539 | address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified |
| 9540 | by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of |
| 9541 | the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */ |
| 9542 | rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 9543 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 9544 | + got_offset); |
| 9545 | rela.r_addend = 0; |
| 9546 | } |
| 9547 | else |
| 9548 | { |
| 9549 | rela.r_addend = 0; |
| 9550 | if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 9551 | || h->dynindx == -1) |
| 9552 | { |
| 9553 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 9554 | { |
| 9555 | plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| 9556 | relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 9557 | } |
| 9558 | else |
| 9559 | { |
| 9560 | plt = htab->pltlocal; |
| 9561 | relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL; |
| 9562 | } |
| 9563 | if (h->def_regular |
| 9564 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 9565 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) |
| 9566 | rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h); |
| 9567 | } |
| 9568 | |
| 9569 | if (relplt == NULL) |
| 9570 | { |
| 9571 | loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; |
| 9572 | bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc); |
| 9573 | } |
| 9574 | else |
| 9575 | { |
| 9576 | rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma |
| 9577 | + plt->output_offset |
| 9578 | + ent->plt.offset); |
| 9579 | |
| 9580 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD |
| 9581 | || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 9582 | || h->dynindx == -1) |
| 9583 | { |
| 9584 | /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic |
| 9585 | linker will fill it in. */ |
| 9586 | } |
| 9587 | else |
| 9588 | { |
| 9589 | bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset |
| 9590 | + htab->glink->output_section->vma |
| 9591 | + htab->glink->output_offset); |
| 9592 | bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, |
| 9593 | plt->contents + ent->plt.offset); |
| 9594 | } |
| 9595 | } |
| 9596 | } |
| 9597 | |
| 9598 | if (relplt != NULL) |
| 9599 | { |
| 9600 | /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */ |
| 9601 | if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 9602 | || h->dynindx == -1) |
| 9603 | { |
| 9604 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 9605 | rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); |
| 9606 | else |
| 9607 | rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); |
| 9608 | loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++ |
| 9609 | * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); |
| 9610 | htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; |
| 9611 | } |
| 9612 | else |
| 9613 | { |
| 9614 | rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT); |
| 9615 | loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index |
| 9616 | * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); |
| 9617 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h)) |
| 9618 | htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; |
| 9619 | } |
| 9620 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); |
| 9621 | } |
| 9622 | doneone = TRUE; |
| 9623 | } |
| 9624 | |
| 9625 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW |
| 9626 | || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 9627 | || h->dynindx == -1) |
| 9628 | { |
| 9629 | unsigned char *p; |
| 9630 | asection *plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 9631 | |
| 9632 | if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 9633 | || h->dynindx == -1) |
| 9634 | { |
| 9635 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 9636 | plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| 9637 | else |
| 9638 | break; |
| 9639 | } |
| 9640 | |
| 9641 | p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset; |
| 9642 | write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info); |
| 9643 | |
| 9644 | if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 9645 | /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */ |
| 9646 | break; |
| 9647 | } |
| 9648 | else |
| 9649 | break; |
| 9650 | } |
| 9651 | return TRUE; |
| 9652 | } |
| 9653 | |
| 9654 | /* Finish up PLT handling. */ |
| 9655 | |
| 9656 | bfd_boolean |
| 9657 | ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 9658 | { |
| 9659 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 9660 | bfd *ibfd; |
| 9661 | |
| 9662 | if (!htab) |
| 9663 | return TRUE; |
| 9664 | |
| 9665 | elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info); |
| 9666 | |
| 9667 | for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| 9668 | { |
| 9669 | bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got; |
| 9670 | struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt; |
| 9671 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 9672 | bfd_size_type locsymcount; |
| 9673 | Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL; |
| 9674 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 9675 | |
| 9676 | if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) |
| 9677 | continue; |
| 9678 | |
| 9679 | local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd); |
| 9680 | if (!local_got) |
| 9681 | continue; |
| 9682 | |
| 9683 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| 9684 | locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 9685 | end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; |
| 9686 | local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got; |
| 9687 | end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; |
| 9688 | for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt) |
| 9689 | for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| 9690 | { |
| 9691 | if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 9692 | { |
| 9693 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 9694 | asection *sym_sec; |
| 9695 | asection *plt, *relplt; |
| 9696 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 9697 | bfd_vma val; |
| 9698 | Elf_Internal_Rela rela; |
| 9699 | unsigned char *p; |
| 9700 | |
| 9701 | if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, |
| 9702 | lplt - local_plt, ibfd)) |
| 9703 | { |
| 9704 | if (local_syms != NULL |
| 9705 | && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| 9706 | free (local_syms); |
| 9707 | return FALSE; |
| 9708 | } |
| 9709 | |
| 9710 | val = sym->st_value; |
| 9711 | if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) |
| 9712 | val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma; |
| 9713 | |
| 9714 | if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 9715 | { |
| 9716 | htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; |
| 9717 | plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| 9718 | relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 9719 | rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); |
| 9720 | } |
| 9721 | else |
| 9722 | { |
| 9723 | plt = htab->pltlocal; |
| 9724 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 9725 | { |
| 9726 | relplt = htab->relpltlocal; |
| 9727 | rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); |
| 9728 | } |
| 9729 | else |
| 9730 | { |
| 9731 | loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; |
| 9732 | bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc); |
| 9733 | continue; |
| 9734 | } |
| 9735 | } |
| 9736 | |
| 9737 | rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset |
| 9738 | + plt->output_offset |
| 9739 | + plt->output_section->vma); |
| 9740 | rela.r_addend = val; |
| 9741 | loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++ |
| 9742 | * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); |
| 9743 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); |
| 9744 | |
| 9745 | p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset; |
| 9746 | write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info); |
| 9747 | } |
| 9748 | } |
| 9749 | |
| 9750 | if (local_syms != NULL |
| 9751 | && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| 9752 | { |
| 9753 | if (!info->keep_memory) |
| 9754 | free (local_syms); |
| 9755 | else |
| 9756 | symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; |
| 9757 | } |
| 9758 | } |
| 9759 | return TRUE; |
| 9760 | } |
| 9761 | |
| 9762 | /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various |
| 9763 | dynamic sections here. */ |
| 9764 | |
| 9765 | static bfd_boolean |
| 9766 | ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 9767 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 9768 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 9769 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| 9770 | { |
| 9771 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 9772 | struct plt_entry *ent; |
| 9773 | |
| 9774 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 9775 | fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s", |
| 9776 | h->root.root.string); |
| 9777 | #endif |
| 9778 | |
| 9779 | if (!h->def_regular |
| 9780 | || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info))) |
| 9781 | for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| 9782 | if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 9783 | { |
| 9784 | if (!h->def_regular) |
| 9785 | { |
| 9786 | /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as |
| 9787 | defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if |
| 9788 | there were any relocations where pointer equality |
| 9789 | matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to |
| 9790 | make function pointer comparisons work between an |
| 9791 | application and shared library), otherwise set it |
| 9792 | to zero. */ |
| 9793 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 9794 | if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| 9795 | sym->st_value = 0; |
| 9796 | else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak) |
| 9797 | { |
| 9798 | /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but |
| 9799 | that is better than breaking tests for a NULL |
| 9800 | function pointer. */ |
| 9801 | sym->st_value = 0; |
| 9802 | } |
| 9803 | } |
| 9804 | else |
| 9805 | { |
| 9806 | /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie |
| 9807 | executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid |
| 9808 | text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in |
| 9809 | allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic |
| 9810 | function symbols with plt entries, because we need |
| 9811 | to keep the original value around for the ifunc |
| 9812 | relocation. */ |
| 9813 | sym->st_shndx |
| 9814 | = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section |
| 9815 | (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section)); |
| 9816 | sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset |
| 9817 | + htab->glink->output_offset |
| 9818 | + htab->glink->output_section->vma); |
| 9819 | } |
| 9820 | break; |
| 9821 | } |
| 9822 | |
| 9823 | if (h->needs_copy) |
| 9824 | { |
| 9825 | asection *s; |
| 9826 | Elf_Internal_Rela rela; |
| 9827 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 9828 | |
| 9829 | /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */ |
| 9830 | |
| 9831 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 9832 | fprintf (stderr, ", copy"); |
| 9833 | #endif |
| 9834 | |
| 9835 | BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); |
| 9836 | |
| 9837 | if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) |
| 9838 | s = htab->relsbss; |
| 9839 | else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro) |
| 9840 | s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; |
| 9841 | else |
| 9842 | s = htab->elf.srelbss; |
| 9843 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 9844 | |
| 9845 | rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h); |
| 9846 | rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY); |
| 9847 | rela.r_addend = 0; |
| 9848 | loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 9849 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); |
| 9850 | } |
| 9851 | |
| 9852 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 9853 | fprintf (stderr, "\n"); |
| 9854 | #endif |
| 9855 | |
| 9856 | return TRUE; |
| 9857 | } |
| 9858 | \f |
| 9859 | static enum elf_reloc_type_class |
| 9860 | ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 9861 | const asection *rel_sec, |
| 9862 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) |
| 9863 | { |
| 9864 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 9865 | |
| 9866 | if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt) |
| 9867 | return reloc_class_ifunc; |
| 9868 | |
| 9869 | switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) |
| 9870 | { |
| 9871 | case R_PPC_RELATIVE: |
| 9872 | return reloc_class_relative; |
| 9873 | case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: |
| 9874 | return reloc_class_plt; |
| 9875 | case R_PPC_COPY: |
| 9876 | return reloc_class_copy; |
| 9877 | default: |
| 9878 | return reloc_class_normal; |
| 9879 | } |
| 9880 | } |
| 9881 | \f |
| 9882 | /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ |
| 9883 | |
| 9884 | static bfd_boolean |
| 9885 | ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 9886 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 9887 | { |
| 9888 | asection *sdyn; |
| 9889 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 9890 | bfd_vma got; |
| 9891 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 9892 | bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; |
| 9893 | |
| 9894 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 9895 | fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n"); |
| 9896 | #endif |
| 9897 | |
| 9898 | htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); |
| 9899 | dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; |
| 9900 | sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic"); |
| 9901 | |
| 9902 | got = 0; |
| 9903 | if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) |
| 9904 | got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); |
| 9905 | |
| 9906 | if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 9907 | { |
| 9908 | Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; |
| 9909 | |
| 9910 | BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL); |
| 9911 | |
| 9912 | dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; |
| 9913 | dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); |
| 9914 | for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) |
| 9915 | { |
| 9916 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 9917 | asection *s; |
| 9918 | |
| 9919 | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); |
| 9920 | |
| 9921 | switch (dyn.d_tag) |
| 9922 | { |
| 9923 | case DT_PLTGOT: |
| 9924 | if (htab->is_vxworks) |
| 9925 | s = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 9926 | else |
| 9927 | s = htab->elf.splt; |
| 9928 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; |
| 9929 | break; |
| 9930 | |
| 9931 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: |
| 9932 | dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size; |
| 9933 | break; |
| 9934 | |
| 9935 | case DT_JMPREL: |
| 9936 | s = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 9937 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; |
| 9938 | break; |
| 9939 | |
| 9940 | case DT_PPC_GOT: |
| 9941 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got; |
| 9942 | break; |
| 9943 | |
| 9944 | case DT_TEXTREL: |
| 9945 | if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver) |
| 9946 | info->callbacks->einfo |
| 9947 | (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect " |
| 9948 | "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n")); |
| 9949 | else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver) |
| 9950 | info->callbacks->einfo |
| 9951 | (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect " |
| 9952 | "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n")); |
| 9953 | continue; |
| 9954 | |
| 9955 | default: |
| 9956 | if (htab->is_vxworks |
| 9957 | && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) |
| 9958 | break; |
| 9959 | continue; |
| 9960 | } |
| 9961 | |
| 9962 | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
| 9963 | } |
| 9964 | } |
| 9965 | |
| 9966 | if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL |
| 9967 | && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) |
| 9968 | { |
| 9969 | if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot |
| 9970 | || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt) |
| 9971 | { |
| 9972 | unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents; |
| 9973 | |
| 9974 | p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; |
| 9975 | if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) |
| 9976 | { |
| 9977 | /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4 |
| 9978 | so that a function can easily find the address of |
| 9979 | _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ |
| 9980 | BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4 |
| 9981 | < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); |
| 9982 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4); |
| 9983 | } |
| 9984 | |
| 9985 | if (sdyn != NULL) |
| 9986 | { |
| 9987 | bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset; |
| 9988 | BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value |
| 9989 | < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); |
| 9990 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p); |
| 9991 | } |
| 9992 | } |
| 9993 | else |
| 9994 | { |
| 9995 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 9996 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"), |
| 9997 | htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string, |
| 9998 | (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL |
| 9999 | ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot)); |
| 10000 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 10001 | ret = FALSE; |
| 10002 | } |
| 10003 | |
| 10004 | elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; |
| 10005 | } |
| 10006 | |
| 10007 | /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */ |
| 10008 | if (htab->is_vxworks |
| 10009 | && htab->elf.splt != NULL |
| 10010 | && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 |
| 10011 | && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) |
| 10012 | { |
| 10013 | asection *splt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 10014 | /* Use the right PLT. */ |
| 10015 | const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 10016 | ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry |
| 10017 | : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry); |
| 10018 | |
| 10019 | if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 10020 | { |
| 10021 | bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); |
| 10022 | |
| 10023 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value), |
| 10024 | splt->contents + 0); |
| 10025 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value), |
| 10026 | splt->contents + 4); |
| 10027 | } |
| 10028 | else |
| 10029 | { |
| 10030 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0); |
| 10031 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4); |
| 10032 | } |
| 10033 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8); |
| 10034 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12); |
| 10035 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16); |
| 10036 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20); |
| 10037 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24); |
| 10038 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28); |
| 10039 | |
| 10040 | if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 10041 | { |
| 10042 | Elf_Internal_Rela rela; |
| 10043 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 10044 | |
| 10045 | loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; |
| 10046 | |
| 10047 | /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ |
| 10048 | rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 10049 | + htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 10050 | + 2); |
| 10051 | rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); |
| 10052 | rela.r_addend = 0; |
| 10053 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); |
| 10054 | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 10055 | |
| 10056 | /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ |
| 10057 | rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 10058 | + htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 10059 | + 6); |
| 10060 | rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); |
| 10061 | rela.r_addend = 0; |
| 10062 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); |
| 10063 | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 10064 | |
| 10065 | /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong |
| 10066 | symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order |
| 10067 | in which symbols were output. */ |
| 10068 | while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) |
| 10069 | { |
| 10070 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 10071 | |
| 10072 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); |
| 10073 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); |
| 10074 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 10075 | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 10076 | |
| 10077 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); |
| 10078 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); |
| 10079 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 10080 | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 10081 | |
| 10082 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); |
| 10083 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32); |
| 10084 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 10085 | loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
| 10086 | } |
| 10087 | } |
| 10088 | } |
| 10089 | |
| 10090 | if (htab->glink != NULL |
| 10091 | && htab->glink->contents != NULL |
| 10092 | && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 10093 | { |
| 10094 | unsigned char *p; |
| 10095 | unsigned char *endp; |
| 10096 | bfd_vma res0; |
| 10097 | |
| 10098 | /* |
| 10099 | * PIC glink code is the following: |
| 10100 | * |
| 10101 | * # ith PLT code stub. |
| 10102 | * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha |
| 10103 | * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11) |
| 10104 | * mtctr 11 |
| 10105 | * bctr |
| 10106 | * |
| 10107 | * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry. |
| 10108 | * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these |
| 10109 | * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4. |
| 10110 | * res_0: b PLTresolve |
| 10111 | * res_1: b PLTresolve |
| 10112 | * . |
| 10113 | * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops |
| 10114 | * res_n_m3: nop |
| 10115 | * res_n_m2: nop |
| 10116 | * res_n_m1: |
| 10117 | * |
| 10118 | * PLTresolve: |
| 10119 | * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha |
| 10120 | * mflr 0 |
| 10121 | * bcl 20,31,1f |
| 10122 | * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l |
| 10123 | * mflr 12 |
| 10124 | * mtlr 0 |
| 10125 | * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4 |
| 10126 | * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha |
| 10127 | * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve |
| 10128 | * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address |
| 10129 | * mtctr 0 |
| 10130 | * add 0,11,11 |
| 10131 | * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. |
| 10132 | * bctr |
| 10133 | * |
| 10134 | * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler. |
| 10135 | * |
| 10136 | * # ith PLT code stub. |
| 10137 | * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha |
| 10138 | * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11) |
| 10139 | * mtctr 11 |
| 10140 | * bctr |
| 10141 | * |
| 10142 | * The branch table is the same, then comes |
| 10143 | * |
| 10144 | * PLTresolve: |
| 10145 | * lis 12,(got+4)@ha |
| 10146 | * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha |
| 10147 | * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve |
| 10148 | * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4 |
| 10149 | * mtctr 0 |
| 10150 | * add 0,11,11 |
| 10151 | * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address |
| 10152 | * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. |
| 10153 | * bctr |
| 10154 | */ |
| 10155 | |
| 10156 | /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one), |
| 10157 | and perhaps some padding. */ |
| 10158 | p = htab->glink->contents; |
| 10159 | p += htab->glink_pltresolve; |
| 10160 | endp = htab->glink->contents; |
| 10161 | endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; |
| 10162 | while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4)) |
| 10163 | { |
| 10164 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p); |
| 10165 | p += 4; |
| 10166 | } |
| 10167 | while (p < endp) |
| 10168 | { |
| 10169 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); |
| 10170 | p += 4; |
| 10171 | } |
| 10172 | |
| 10173 | res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve |
| 10174 | + htab->glink->output_section->vma |
| 10175 | + htab->glink->output_offset); |
| 10176 | |
| 10177 | if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround) |
| 10178 | { |
| 10179 | /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't |
| 10180 | result in prefetch over the end of the page into the |
| 10181 | glink branch table. */ |
| 10182 | bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; |
| 10183 | bfd_vma page_addr; |
| 10184 | bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma |
| 10185 | + htab->glink->output_offset); |
| 10186 | |
| 10187 | for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize; |
| 10188 | page_addr > glink_start; |
| 10189 | page_addr -= pagesize) |
| 10190 | { |
| 10191 | /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */ |
| 10192 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 10193 | unsigned int insn; |
| 10194 | |
| 10195 | loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start; |
| 10196 | insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc); |
| 10197 | if (insn == BCTR) |
| 10198 | { |
| 10199 | /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least |
| 10200 | one other call stub before this one. */ |
| 10201 | insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16); |
| 10202 | if (insn == BCTR) |
| 10203 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc); |
| 10204 | else |
| 10205 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc); |
| 10206 | } |
| 10207 | } |
| 10208 | } |
| 10209 | |
| 10210 | /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */ |
| 10211 | endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; |
| 10212 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 10213 | { |
| 10214 | bfd_vma bcl; |
| 10215 | |
| 10216 | bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4 |
| 10217 | + htab->glink->output_section->vma |
| 10218 | + htab->glink->output_offset); |
| 10219 | |
| 10220 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p); |
| 10221 | p += 4; |
| 10222 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p); |
| 10223 | p += 4; |
| 10224 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p); |
| 10225 | p += 4; |
| 10226 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p); |
| 10227 | p += 4; |
| 10228 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p); |
| 10229 | p += 4; |
| 10230 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p); |
| 10231 | p += 4; |
| 10232 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p); |
| 10233 | p += 4; |
| 10234 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p); |
| 10235 | p += 4; |
| 10236 | if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl)) |
| 10237 | { |
| 10238 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p); |
| 10239 | p += 4; |
| 10240 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p); |
| 10241 | p += 4; |
| 10242 | } |
| 10243 | else |
| 10244 | { |
| 10245 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p); |
| 10246 | p += 4; |
| 10247 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p); |
| 10248 | p += 4; |
| 10249 | } |
| 10250 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p); |
| 10251 | p += 4; |
| 10252 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p); |
| 10253 | } |
| 10254 | else |
| 10255 | { |
| 10256 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p); |
| 10257 | p += 4; |
| 10258 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p); |
| 10259 | p += 4; |
| 10260 | if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8)) |
| 10261 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p); |
| 10262 | else |
| 10263 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p); |
| 10264 | p += 4; |
| 10265 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p); |
| 10266 | p += 4; |
| 10267 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p); |
| 10268 | p += 4; |
| 10269 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p); |
| 10270 | p += 4; |
| 10271 | if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8)) |
| 10272 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p); |
| 10273 | else |
| 10274 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p); |
| 10275 | } |
| 10276 | p += 4; |
| 10277 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p); |
| 10278 | p += 4; |
| 10279 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); |
| 10280 | p += 4; |
| 10281 | while (p < endp) |
| 10282 | { |
| 10283 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 10284 | htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p); |
| 10285 | p += 4; |
| 10286 | } |
| 10287 | BFD_ASSERT (p == endp); |
| 10288 | } |
| 10289 | |
| 10290 | if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL |
| 10291 | && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 10292 | { |
| 10293 | unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; |
| 10294 | bfd_vma val; |
| 10295 | |
| 10296 | p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); |
| 10297 | /* FDE length. */ |
| 10298 | p += 4; |
| 10299 | /* CIE pointer. */ |
| 10300 | p += 4; |
| 10301 | /* Offset to .glink. */ |
| 10302 | val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma |
| 10303 | + htab->glink->output_offset); |
| 10304 | val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma |
| 10305 | + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset); |
| 10306 | val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; |
| 10307 | bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); |
| 10308 | |
| 10309 | if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME |
| 10310 | && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info, |
| 10311 | htab->glink_eh_frame, |
| 10312 | htab->glink_eh_frame->contents)) |
| 10313 | return FALSE; |
| 10314 | } |
| 10315 | |
| 10316 | return ret; |
| 10317 | } |
| 10318 | \f |
| 10319 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec |
| 10320 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle" |
| 10321 | #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec |
| 10322 | #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc" |
| 10323 | #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc |
| 10324 | #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA |
| 10325 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC |
| 10326 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 |
| 10327 | #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
| 10328 | #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE |
| 10329 | #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto |
| 10330 | |
| 10331 | #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC |
| 10332 | #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC |
| 10333 | #endif |
| 10334 | |
| 10335 | #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD |
| 10336 | #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD |
| 10337 | #endif |
| 10338 | |
| 10339 | #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1 |
| 10340 | #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1 |
| 10341 | #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1 |
| 10342 | #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1 |
| 10343 | #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1 |
| 10344 | #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1 |
| 10345 | |
| 10346 | #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject |
| 10347 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data |
| 10348 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section |
| 10349 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup |
| 10350 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup |
| 10351 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags |
| 10352 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create |
| 10353 | #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab |
| 10354 | |
| 10355 | #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p |
| 10356 | #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook |
| 10357 | #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr |
| 10358 | #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section |
| 10359 | #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections |
| 10360 | #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs |
| 10361 | #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible |
| 10362 | #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol |
| 10363 | #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol |
| 10364 | #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook |
| 10365 | #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections |
| 10366 | #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol |
| 10367 | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol |
| 10368 | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections |
| 10369 | #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections |
| 10370 | #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers |
| 10371 | #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map |
| 10372 | #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus |
| 10373 | #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo |
| 10374 | #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note |
| 10375 | #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class |
| 10376 | #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing |
| 10377 | #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing |
| 10378 | #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section |
| 10379 | #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr |
| 10380 | #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val |
| 10381 | #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded |
| 10382 | #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section |
| 10383 | #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags |
| 10384 | |
| 10385 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 10386 | |
| 10387 | /* FreeBSD Target */ |
| 10388 | |
| 10389 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 10390 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 10391 | |
| 10392 | #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM |
| 10393 | #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec |
| 10394 | #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME |
| 10395 | #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd" |
| 10396 | |
| 10397 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 10398 | #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD |
| 10399 | |
| 10400 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 10401 | #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed |
| 10402 | |
| 10403 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 10404 | |
| 10405 | /* VxWorks Target */ |
| 10406 | |
| 10407 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 10408 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 10409 | |
| 10410 | #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM |
| 10411 | #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec |
| 10412 | #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME |
| 10413 | #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks" |
| 10414 | |
| 10415 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 10416 | |
| 10417 | /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */ |
| 10418 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
| 10419 | ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) |
| 10420 | { |
| 10421 | if (sec->name == NULL) |
| 10422 | return NULL; |
| 10423 | |
| 10424 | if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0) |
| 10425 | return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); |
| 10426 | |
| 10427 | return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); |
| 10428 | } |
| 10429 | |
| 10430 | /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides |
| 10431 | appropriately for VxWorks. */ |
| 10432 | static struct bfd_link_hash_table * |
| 10433 | ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) |
| 10434 | { |
| 10435 | struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret; |
| 10436 | |
| 10437 | ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd); |
| 10438 | if (ret) |
| 10439 | { |
| 10440 | struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab |
| 10441 | = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret; |
| 10442 | htab->is_vxworks = 1; |
| 10443 | htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS; |
| 10444 | htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 10445 | htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 10446 | htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 10447 | } |
| 10448 | return ret; |
| 10449 | } |
| 10450 | |
| 10451 | /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */ |
| 10452 | static bfd_boolean |
| 10453 | ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, |
| 10454 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 10455 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
| 10456 | const char **namep, |
| 10457 | flagword *flagsp, |
| 10458 | asection **secp, |
| 10459 | bfd_vma *valp) |
| 10460 | { |
| 10461 | if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, |
| 10462 | valp)) |
| 10463 | return FALSE; |
| 10464 | |
| 10465 | return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp); |
| 10466 | } |
| 10467 | |
| 10468 | static bfd_boolean |
| 10469 | ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) |
| 10470 | { |
| 10471 | ppc_final_write_processing (abfd); |
| 10472 | return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd); |
| 10473 | } |
| 10474 | |
| 10475 | /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so |
| 10476 | define it. */ |
| 10477 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 10478 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 |
| 10479 | #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt |
| 10480 | #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 |
| 10481 | #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset |
| 10482 | #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0 |
| 10483 | #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded |
| 10484 | #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0 |
| 10485 | #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly |
| 10486 | #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 |
| 10487 | #undef elf_backend_got_header_size |
| 10488 | #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12 |
| 10489 | #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt |
| 10490 | #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1 |
| 10491 | |
| 10492 | #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab |
| 10493 | |
| 10494 | #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create |
| 10495 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \ |
| 10496 | ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create |
| 10497 | #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook |
| 10498 | #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \ |
| 10499 | ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook |
| 10500 | #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook |
| 10501 | #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \ |
| 10502 | elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook |
| 10503 | #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing |
| 10504 | #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \ |
| 10505 | ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing |
| 10506 | #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr |
| 10507 | #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \ |
| 10508 | ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr |
| 10509 | #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs |
| 10510 | #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \ |
| 10511 | elf_vxworks_emit_relocs |
| 10512 | |
| 10513 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 10514 | #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed |
| 10515 | |
| 10516 | #include "elf32-target.h" |